26.08.2013 Views

Sustainable Microfinance - Balanced Scorecard's added value for ...

Sustainable Microfinance - Balanced Scorecard's added value for ...

Sustainable Microfinance - Balanced Scorecard's added value for ...

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

!<br />

!<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

<strong>Balanced</strong> <strong>Scorecard's</strong> <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> <strong>for</strong> Starting<br />

Entrepreneurs in the Netherlands<br />

by<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn<br />

2010<br />

!"#$%&#'()%#*#'<br />

"#$$%&'('#)*!$+,-#''%.!#*!(//)&.(*/%!0#'1!'1%!&+2%$!)3!!!<br />

4#($5#-,($!6+$#*%$$!7/1))2!!<br />

!#*!8(&'#(2!3+23#2-%*'!)3!'1%!&%9+#&%-%*'$!3)&!'1%!.%:&%%!)3!<br />

;7/!#*!


STATEMENT OF AUTHENTICITY<br />

I have read the TiasNimbas Business School<br />

Regulations relating to plagiarism and certify that<br />

this project is all my own work and does not<br />

contain any unacknowledged work from any other<br />

sources.<br />

Signed:<br />

I confirm that the Word Count as per the<br />

Regulations is 20347 words.<br />

Date: 23 September 2010<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn ##!<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Keywords and Abstract<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

‘<strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard’s <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> <strong>for</strong> Starting Entrepreneurs in the Netherlands’<br />

Keywords and phrases in this Thesis<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn<br />

TiasNimbas Business School<br />

September 2010<br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong>, <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard, Sustainability, Micro and Small Entrepreneurs<br />

Abstract<br />

Micro-credit and microfinance are rather new phenomena in the Netherlands. In a<br />

short period both have been embraced fully by government officials as a valuable<br />

instrument <strong>for</strong> social and economic development. The overall aim of this research is<br />

to make a contribution to the existing body of literature and to develop a practical<br />

model that will enable (one of) the Dutch microfinance players to make a move<br />

towards sustainability. There<strong>for</strong>e an explorative research has been established.<br />

This exploratory inductive research consists of: (1) an intensive literature review and<br />

(2) interviews with experts from the microfinance sector, to determine how the<br />

available models need to be adjusted to the specific needs of starting entrepreneurs.<br />

Based on the qualitative content analysis in relation to the literature it is concluded<br />

that due to managerial inadequacy and a significant degree of copying behaviour,<br />

typical start up businesses have high failure rates within the first three to five years.<br />

There<strong>for</strong>e government officials should eliminate incentives to create low probability<br />

companies and focus on start up companies with a lot of (growth) potential. In order<br />

to indentify this potential and provide micro entrepreneurs with a tool to develop a<br />

sustainable business, the ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard Model <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small<br />

Entrepreneurs (MSE) has been developed. This model focuses on four interrelated<br />

stakeholders (society, investor, customer and entrepreneur) and clearly indicates the<br />

relation between them and enables the MSE to identify the stakeholder it needs to<br />

focus on.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn ###!<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Preface<br />

Being born and raised on a cheese !<br />

farm, undertaking has always had a special<br />

interest. My two oldest brothers both have their own enterprise and starting my own<br />

business has been a goal ever since I was little. This was one of the reasons to apply<br />

<strong>for</strong> the MSc in Financial Management at TiasNimbas. During various courses of the<br />

previous year we learned that the objective of many cooperation’s is to maximize<br />

shareholders wealth, and that although this might have contributed to the current<br />

financial crises, still a lot of companies and business models primarily focus on this.<br />

This in mind I felt like researching something more tangible, that could make a<br />

contribution from a more holistic perspective. When I learned about microfinance in<br />

the Netherlands used to stimulate entrepreneurship, I directly felt that this subject<br />

was a perfect fit between my personal interests and the topic <strong>for</strong> my final assignment.<br />

While attending the "2010: A Changing Europe combating poverty, supporting<br />

enterprise" conference in London, I learned about the many different views people<br />

have about how to make the microfinance sector sustainable and realized that a<br />

clear focus was needed.<br />

Some people reach the highest top of the ladder and only then<br />

discover that it stands against the wrong wall (Covey, 2009)<br />

I have experienced my thesis project as an opportunity to apply and extend all my<br />

previously acquired knowledge and to gain better insight into my stronger and<br />

weaker personal assets. Any potential mistakes made are the results of my individual<br />

ef<strong>for</strong>ts; <strong>for</strong> the good parts, I thank those at my side during the course of the thesis<br />

project. I sincerely thank Maria Franco and the other members of the European<br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong> Network <strong>for</strong> allowing me to attend the conference. I owe special thanks<br />

to all respondents <strong>for</strong> their time and the valuable in<strong>for</strong>mation they provided during the<br />

interviews. I would like to thank Michael Bier <strong>for</strong> his ef<strong>for</strong>t in guiding me through this<br />

process. I feel that with his help I was able to guide my thesis into making it a useful<br />

piece of paper that can be used <strong>for</strong> further research and aid starting entrepreneurs in<br />

their search <strong>for</strong> a sustainable enterprise. I am grateful <strong>for</strong> the final proof reading done<br />

by Mary Schoon. Furthermore, I would like to thank my fellow student Dominik Katz<br />

<strong>for</strong> helping me in keeping my focus on the important aspects and clear up any<br />

confusion that may have arisen. Lastly, I would like to thank my girlfriend Marleen<br />

Overgaag and all other friends and family <strong>for</strong> their support during the previous year.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn, Amsterdam, 23 September 2010<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn #=!<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Condensed Table of Contents<br />

!<br />

!<br />

Keywords and Abstract! ###!<br />

Preface! #=!<br />

Condensed Table of Contents! =!<br />

Table of Contents! =#!<br />

List of Figures! #>!<br />

List of Tables! >!<br />

List of Abbreviations! >#!<br />

SECTION I.! INTRODUCTION! "!<br />

1. ! Overview! "!<br />

2.! Theory and Literature Review – <strong>Microfinance</strong>! #"!<br />

3.! Theory and Literature Review – <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard! "$!<br />

SECTION II. ! RESEARCH DESIGN! ##!<br />

4. ! Methodology! %&!<br />

SECTION III. ! FINDINGS AND DISCUSSION! $%!<br />

5. ! Results! &'!<br />

6. ! Discussion! '(!<br />

7.! Conclusion, Recommendations and Limitations! ''!<br />

List of Appendices! )*!<br />

Bibliography! #*)!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn =!<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Table of Contents<br />

!<br />

Keywords and Abstract! ###!<br />

Preface! #=!<br />

Condensed Table of Contents! =!<br />

Table of Contents! =#!<br />

List of Figures! #>!<br />

List of Tables! >!<br />

List of Abbreviations! >#!<br />

SECTION I.! INTRODUCTION! "!<br />

1. ! Overview! "!<br />

1.1 Introduction! ?!<br />

1.2 Different microfinance players! @!<br />

1.2.1 Promotion and distribution of services! @!<br />

1.2.2 Coaching! A!<br />

1.2.3 Simplified access to financing! B!<br />

1.3 Professionalizing! C!<br />

1.4 Research aim! D!<br />

1.5 Research Objective and Central Question! D!<br />

1.6 The Research Strategy, Philosophical Stance and Approach! EF!<br />

1.7 Research and Report Structure! EE!<br />

2.! Theory and Literature Review – <strong>Microfinance</strong>! #"!<br />

2.1 Introduction! EG!<br />

2.2 Background on <strong>Microfinance</strong>! EG!<br />

2.3 <strong>Microfinance</strong> in developing countries! EG!<br />

2.3.1 Double Bottom Line! E?!<br />

2.3.2 Mission drift?! E?!<br />

2.3.3 Social Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement! EH!<br />

2.4 <strong>Microfinance</strong> in (Western) Europe! EA!<br />

2.4.1 <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions Goals! EB!<br />

2.4.2 <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions Modes! EB!<br />

2.4.3 Benchmarks! ED!<br />

2.5 Business Development Services! GF!<br />

2.5.1 Introduction! GF!<br />

2.5.2 What are BDS?! GE!<br />

2.5.3 Lessons from the Past! GG!<br />

2.5.4 Types of BDS! G?!<br />

2.5.5 BDS Dimensions! GH!<br />

2.5.6 Success of BDS! GA!<br />

2.5.7 BDS Criticism! GA!<br />

2.6 Conclusion! GB!<br />

3.! Theory and Literature Review – <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard! "$!<br />

3.1 Introduction! GD!<br />

3.2 The Characteristics of the <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard! GD!<br />

3.2.1 Background! GD!<br />

3.2.2 Structure! ?F!<br />

3.2.3 Linking, Cause and Effect! ?E!<br />

3.2.4 Indicators! ?G!<br />

3.2.5 Purposes! ??!<br />

3.2.6 Process! ??!<br />

3.2.7 Success of the BSC! ??!<br />

3.2.8 Criticism on the BSC! ?H!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn =#!<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


3.3 Lessons from previously developed BSC models! ?@!<br />

3.3.1 The Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Pyramid <strong>for</strong> Small Business! ?@!<br />

3.3.2 Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management Beyond the Private Sector! ?B!<br />

3.4 Characteristics of Micro and Small Entrepreneurs! ?D!<br />

3.4.1 Planning in the Small Business Sector! ?D!<br />

3.4.2 Defining ‘Fit’: The Unique Features of Small Business! HE!<br />

3.4.3 Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement in the Small Business Sector! HE!<br />

SECTION II. ! RESEARCH DESIGN! ##!<br />

4. ! Methodology! %&!<br />

4.1 Introduction! H@!<br />

4.2 Setting! H@!<br />

4.3 Philosophical Stance! HA!<br />

4.4 The Process of Qualitative Content Analysis! HA!<br />

4.4.1 Step 1: Preparing the Data! HA!<br />

4.4.2 Step 2: Defining the Unit of Analysis! HB!<br />

4.4.3 Step 3: Developing Categories! HB!<br />

4.4.4 Step 4: Testing the Coding Scheme on a Sample of the Text! HC!<br />

4.4.5 Step 5: Coding All the Text! HC!<br />

4.4.6 Step 6: Assessing the Coding Consistency! HD!<br />

4.4.7 Step 7: Drawing Conclusions from the Coded Data! HD!<br />

4.4.8 Step 8: Reporting the Methods and Findings! HD!<br />

4.5 Methods of Data Collection! @F!<br />

4.6 Literature Review! @F!<br />

4.7 Interviews! @E!<br />

4.7.1 Sample Selection Interviews! @E!<br />

4.8 The Research Design! @G!<br />

4.9 Reliability and Validity! @?!<br />

SECTION III. ! FINDINGS AND DISCUSSION! $%!<br />

5. ! Results! &'!<br />

5.1 Introduction! @B!<br />

5.2 The categories! @B!<br />

5.2.1. Reason, Drive and Contribution! @C!<br />

5.2.2. Social! AF!<br />

5.2.3. Financial! AE!<br />

5.2.4. Sustainability Entrepreneur! AG!<br />

5.2.5. Customer and Market research! A?!<br />

5.2.6. Internal Business Processes! AH!<br />

5.2.7. Organizational, Personal Development! AH!<br />

5.2.8. Learning, Growth and Employee! A@!<br />

5.2.9. Network and Business Development Services! A@!<br />

5.2.10. General BSC model! AA!<br />

5.2.11. Relation and Link! AA!<br />

5.2.12. Most Important! AB!<br />

5.2.13. Measurement and Indicators! AB!<br />

5.3 Summary! AC!<br />

6. ! Discussion! '(!<br />

6.1 Introduction! BF!<br />

6.2 A <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs! BF!<br />

6.2.1. General ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard Model! BF!<br />

6.2.2. Social! BE!<br />

6.2.3. Financial! BE!<br />

6.2.4. Sustainability Entrepreneur! BG!<br />

6.2.5. Customer and Market research! BG!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn =##!<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


6.2.6. Internal Business Processes! B?!<br />

6.2.7. Organizational, Personal Development! B?!<br />

6.2.8. Learning, Growth and Employee! B?!<br />

6.2.9. Network & Business Development Support! BH!<br />

6.2.10. Reason, Drive and Contribution! BH!<br />

6.2.11. Relation and Link! B@!<br />

6.2.12. Most Important! B@!<br />

6.2.13. Measurement and Indicators! B@!<br />

7.! Conclusion, Recommendations and Limitations! ''!<br />

7.1 Introduction! BB!<br />

7.2 Concluding Remarks! BB!<br />

7.2.1 From the Literature Review! BB!<br />

7.2.2 From the Empirical Findings! BC!<br />

7.2.3 The Model: ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard! CF!<br />

7.3 Theoretical Contribution! CF!<br />

7.4 Practical Implications! CF!<br />

7.5 Research Reflection! CE!<br />

7.6 Future Research! CG!<br />

List of Appendices! )*!<br />

Appendix A – Thesis Proposal! CH!<br />

Appendix B – Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management Beyond the Private sector! EFE!<br />

Appendix C – Interview Outline! EF@!<br />

Appendix D – Reason, Drive and Contribution! EFB!<br />

Appendix E – Social! EEF!<br />

Appendix F – Financial! EEG!<br />

Appendix G – Sustainability Entrepreneur! EE@!<br />

Appendix H – Customer and Market research! EEB!<br />

Appendix I – Internal Business Processes! EGF!<br />

Appendix J – Organizational, Personal Development! EGE!<br />

Appendix K – Learning, Growth and Employee! EG?!<br />

Appendix L – Network! EGH!<br />

Appendix M – Business Development Services! EGA!<br />

Appendix N – General BSC model! EGC!<br />

Appendix O – Relation and Link! E?F!<br />

Appendix P – Most Important! E?G!<br />

Appendix Q – Measurement and Indicators! E??!<br />

Appendix R – Sustainability of <strong>Microfinance</strong>! E?H!<br />

Appendix S – Qredits! E?A!<br />

Bibliography! #*)!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn =###!<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


List of Figures<br />

!<br />

Figure I-1: Thesis Overview 1<br />

Figure 1.1: Capital <strong>for</strong> Small Businesses 2<br />

Figure 1.2: People Considering – Having Plans – Becoming Entrepreneurs 3<br />

Figure 1.3: The Research Model 11<br />

Figure 2.1: SPM system Framework 15<br />

Figure 2.2: Strategy Map 15<br />

Figure 2.3 Number of Loans Disbursed by Country 2008-2009 16<br />

Figure 2.4: Future Goals of European MFIs 17<br />

Figure 2.5: Social Inclusion of Enterprise Development 20<br />

Figure 2.6: Types of Enterprises 20<br />

Figure 2.7: Overview of BDS 35<br />

Figure 3.1: The BSC framework 31<br />

Figure 3.2: The Assumed Causal Relationship in the BSC 32<br />

Figure II-1: Thesis Overview 44<br />

Figure 4.1: Step model of inductive category development 48<br />

Figure III-1: Thesis Overview 56<br />

Figure 5.1: Starting point entrepreneurs 59<br />

Figure 6.1: ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs 70<br />

Figure 6.2: ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs 75<br />

Figure B-1: Example of a BSC matrix 101<br />

Figure B-2: Simplified Strategy Map 102<br />

Figure B-3: The Social Enterprise Scorecard 103<br />

Figure B-4: Strategy Map 103<br />

Figure B-5: Comprehensive Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management System 104<br />

Figure B-6: Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement <strong>for</strong> Small Business 104<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn #>!<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


List of Tables<br />

Table 2.1: Enterprise Category 21<br />

Table 2.2: Business Development Service Categories 23<br />

Table 3.1: Development of the Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Pyramid <strong>for</strong> SB 36<br />

Table 3.2: Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management Beyond the Private Sector 37<br />

Table 3.3: Planning in the Small Business Sector 40<br />

Table 3.4: Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Systems and MSE 42<br />

Table 4.1: How the sub questions will be answered 50<br />

Table 4.2: The Interviewees 52<br />

Table 4.3: Reliability Check 54<br />

Table 5.1: Categories and number of mentioning’s 58<br />

Table 5.2: How can the BSC improve the sustainability of starting entrepreneurs? 68<br />

Table 5.3: How does the BSC need to be adjusted? 68<br />

Table 5.4: What dimensions are relevant <strong>for</strong> starting entrepreneurs? 69<br />

Table 5.5: How do the dimensions relate to each other in an optimal BSC? 69<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn >!<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


List of Abbreviations<br />

BDS Business Development Services<br />

BSC <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard<br />

CDFA Community Development Finance Assossiation<br />

CDFI Community Development Financial Institution<br />

CEE Central and Eastern Europe<br />

CGAP Consultative Group to Assist the Poor<br />

CPMS Comprehensive Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management System<br />

EIF European Investment Fund<br />

EMN European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network<br />

GT Grounded Theory<br />

MFC <strong>Microfinance</strong> Centre<br />

MFI <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institution<br />

MF-points <strong>Microfinance</strong>-entrepreneurial-points<br />

MSE Micro and Small Entrepreneurs<br />

NGO Non-Governmental Organizations<br />

PMS Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement System<br />

SB Small Business<br />

SMART Specific Measurable Attainable Relevant and Time-bound<br />

SME Small and Medium sized Enterprises<br />

SPM Social Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management<br />

UN United Nations<br />

ZZP-er ‘Zelfstandinge Zonder Personeel’<br />

Self-employed Person without Employees<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn >#!<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Section I. Introduction<br />

The conclusion of this thesis will provide an answer to the following research<br />

question:<br />

How can the per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement systems used by microfinance<br />

institutions in both developing and industrialized countries be used to provide<br />

the best <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> <strong>for</strong> the microfinance sector in the Netherlands?<br />

Section 1 serves as the springboard <strong>for</strong> this research. Chapter 1 reveals the<br />

background of <strong>Microfinance</strong>, which has led to the central question and objective of<br />

this research. In addition, this chapter discusses the research and report structure.<br />

As the mode of research employed in this work is inductive, the literature review is<br />

carried out be<strong>for</strong>e the research is designed in detail. There<strong>for</strong>e, the report will follow<br />

the same structure. For that reason, chapters 2 and 3 will cover the relevant<br />

literature. Whereas chapter 2 will have a broad scope on microfinance and related<br />

researches, chapter 3 will discuss the suitability of PMSs in relation to the Dutch<br />

microfinance sector.<br />

Figure I-1: Thesis Overview (Author)<br />

!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 1<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


1. Overview<br />

This chapter serves as the general introduction to this dissertation. It reveals the<br />

empirical rationale <strong>for</strong> this thesis, on which the objectives and central question of this<br />

research are based. Towards the end of this chapter, the research and report<br />

structure are presented.<br />

‘Borrowing money <strong>for</strong> a house or car is something people manage to do,<br />

definatly if they have a steady job. But borrowing money to start up a<br />

business? That is something different. Even though enterpreneurship is<br />

expected to have a possitive social impact’. (Groenevelt in Hen, 2010)<br />

Figure 1.1: Capital <strong>for</strong> Small Businesses (The Economist, 2010)<br />

!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 2<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


1.1 Introduction<br />

According to a research, conducted in 2006, by 21minuten.nl and the Dutch<br />

Chamber of Commerce, 3.000.000 people think about starting their own business<br />

within five years and 600.000 have concrete plans to do so (see Figure 1.2). Annually<br />

only 70.000 people actually start their own business. The main reasons <strong>for</strong> this<br />

relatively low number are:<br />

• Lack of assistance;<br />

• Financial barriers and;<br />

• Insufficient knowledge and capacities.<br />

The provision of micro credit, in combination with the assistance of a coach, can take<br />

away these barriers (Stichting Microfinanciering & Ondernemerschap, 2006). Tillaart,<br />

et al. (2009) support this view. Based on figures from the Chamber of Commerce,<br />

they state that the number of starting entrepreneurs has increased from 35.000 in<br />

1990 to more than 100.000 in 2007 and 2008.<br />

Figure 1.2: People Considering – Having Plans – Becoming Entrepreneurs<br />

(Adapted from Oberman and Roelofsen, 2009)<br />

!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 3<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


In 2007, the Dutch Ministry of Economic Affairs, under the management of State<br />

Secretary Frank Heemskerk, appointed The Council <strong>for</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>. One of the<br />

members of this Council is Her Royal Highness Princess Maxima of the Netherlands,<br />

who was a member of the UN advisory committee during the year of microcredit<br />

2005.<br />

In October 2007, the Council presented an advisory report to State Secretary<br />

Heemskerk. This report states that microfinance has big potential as stimulator of<br />

entrepreneurship. According to the Council this will have a positive influence on:<br />

1. Economic growth;<br />

2. Integration of disadvantaged groups;<br />

3. Reducing unemployment.<br />

Further the report states that local microfinance initiatives, of which already many<br />

were presents at the time the report was presented, are the source of power when it<br />

comes to using the potential. In order to strengthen these initiatives and to increase<br />

the sustainability, the Council proposed an approach where the local initiatives, which<br />

have direct access to the target groups, are supported by a franchise system. This<br />

enables them to use coaching networks and to have access to simple financings<br />

models (Council <strong>for</strong> microfinance, 2007).<br />

Another statement from the report is that the Netherlands, compared to other<br />

countries in Europe, was behind with stimulating micro entrepreneurs. A couple of<br />

countries (in particular France, Spain, England and Finland) were already using<br />

microfinance <strong>for</strong> several years. The Council stated that the Netherlands could learn<br />

the following lessons from those experiences:<br />

1. Local microfinance initiatives, carried out by people that stand in the middle of<br />

local communities are of indispensable importance;<br />

2. Coaching, both be<strong>for</strong>e and at the beginning of the lifetime of the business, is<br />

next to financing very important;<br />

3. Scale is important <strong>for</strong> sustainability. National coordination under one central<br />

brand can be the key to success;<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 4<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


4. Efficiency and automated processes to judge applications, such as a client-<br />

score-model, that are adjusted to the target group can reduce costs and<br />

contribute to sustainability;<br />

5. Self-sufficient microfinance does not seem to be possible without relative high<br />

interest rates.<br />

1.2 Different microfinance players<br />

In line with the advisory report three related components have been created.<br />

According to Heemskerk (2009a) microfinance in the Netherlands, is intended <strong>for</strong><br />

starting and existing entrepreneurs with a feasible business plan and consists of<br />

three different components:<br />

• Promotion and distribution of services;<br />

• Coaching and;<br />

• Microcredit up to !35.000, -.<br />

1.2.1 Promotion and distribution of services<br />

Longer existing and newly erected local initiatives are carrying out the promotion and<br />

distribution of services. By the time of the first annual meeting of the so-called<br />

microfinance-entrepreneurs-points (MF-points), there were 34 registered MF-points,<br />

and a couple of MF-points were in the process of being erected, to realize the<br />

ambition of national coverage by the end of 2010 (Stichting Microfinanciering &<br />

Ondernemerschap, 2009b).<br />

According to the toolkit ‘how to set up a MF-point’ there can be made a distinction<br />

between three different types of MF-points (Stichting Microfinanciering &<br />

Ondernemerschap, 2009a):<br />

1. Model 1 – the Entrepreneurs’ house<br />

2. Model 2 – the Entrepreneurs’ office window<br />

3. Model 3 – the Entrepreneurs’ network<br />

The models have different approaches and characteristics, but all examples can be<br />

found in practice. Potential and existing entrepreneurs can visit these MF-points to<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 5<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


collect in<strong>for</strong>mation or seek specific assistance.<br />

These organizations provide the intake, initial<br />

feedback on entrepreneurs’ capacities and<br />

ideas, advice about the specific coaching when<br />

needed, possible financings options, assist<br />

entrepreneurs with writing their business plan,<br />

during the process of the credit application and<br />

finding a suitable coach. Another role these organizations !<br />

play is increasing the<br />

awareness of the possibilities of microfinance on a local level.<br />

Zwind (2009) conducted a research to picture the economic impact of the MF-points<br />

most important findings as follows:<br />

• 44% of the clients start a business;<br />

• On average these business contain 1.5 fte;<br />

• 94% of business (2004-2009) still exist in 2009;<br />

• For 49% of the clients their business is their most important source of income,<br />

<strong>for</strong> 24% this is paid employment and <strong>for</strong> 16% this is social welfare.<br />

• 74% expects to grow within two years;<br />

• The majority (77%) did not need a loan to start up or continue the business;<br />

• 36,2% has a bachelor background and 19,9% has an academic background.<br />

1.2.2 Coaching<br />

Starting entrepreneurs that are coached have a bigger chance of succeeding than<br />

those that will have to do without coaching. After five years 70 to 80% of the starters<br />

are still active when they have been coached. Without coaching this is only 50%<br />

(Stichting Microfinanciering & Ondernemerschap, 2009a).<br />

There<strong>for</strong>e coaching is a very important component of microfinance. The advice of the<br />

Council <strong>for</strong> microfinance was to develop a network of trained volunteers and<br />

professionals (Council <strong>for</strong> microfinance, 2007).<br />

Dutch definition of microfinance:<br />

‘the combination of coaching and<br />

microcredit (up to a maximum of<br />

!35.000) focused on the starting<br />

entrepreneur with the objective to<br />

stimulate entrepreneurship’<br />

(Oberman and Roelofsen, 2009).<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 6<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


In recent years, numerous initiatives to support (pre) starting entrepreneurs with<br />

focused training and coaching have emerged. The specific numbers and impact of<br />

these practices were unknown. This was the reason <strong>for</strong> the project management of<br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong> (part of the ministry of Economic affairs) to conduct a research to create<br />

an overview of the quality of the coaching <strong>for</strong> staring entrepreneurs.<br />

The findings of that research, conducted by Tillaart, et al. (2009) are as follows:<br />

• 51% of the coached pre-starters, started a business;<br />

• 2% decided not to start a business;<br />

• The remaining 47% was still in the process of deciding;<br />

• One out of five starters mentions that turnover and profit figures have<br />

improved due to coaching;<br />

• Starters mention that the coaching helped to develop a (better) marketing<br />

strategy or business strategy;<br />

• More than half mentions to have developed a better understanding of<br />

entrepreneurship and two thirds indicate to have improved their own<br />

entrepreneurial skill.<br />

Entrepreneurs can find an entrepreneur by themselves, but the advisor of the MF-<br />

point can assist as well. The advisor has insight in the local availability of coaches<br />

and can assure the correct match between coach and entrepreneur.<br />

1.2.3 Simplified access to financing<br />

The advisor of the MF-point assists the entrepreneurs with the application <strong>for</strong> a<br />

microcredit up to !35.000. In 2007, the Ministries of Economic Affairs and Social<br />

Welfare had a business case; the ‘game’ was to come up with the best way to<br />

provide microloans <strong>for</strong> or to start up businesses. Two different options were erected<br />

and later pilot-tested (Heemskerk, 2009a):<br />

1. ‘Borgstelling’<br />

2. Qredits<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 7<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


In some regions entrepreneurs are able to get microloans through the ‘Borgstelling’.<br />

This is a surety service where the government secures 80% of the loan in order to<br />

stimulate banks to provide the loans. This lowers the risk <strong>for</strong> the individual capital<br />

provider to the level of an average SME borrower (Gemeente Den Haag, 2009).<br />

Qredits is a combination of traditional banking and sophisticated IT system. Qredits<br />

has nine local loan officers and local contacts that are essential <strong>for</strong> the assessment<br />

and monitoring. A centralized national back office backs these loan officers, enabling<br />

Qredits to maximize economies of scale and growth towards realizing sustainability<br />

(Qredits, 2010b). The way Qredits operates can be compared with a bank. The main<br />

difference is the specific and individual attention <strong>for</strong> the micro-entrepreneur. The<br />

lending procedure exists of five steps (Qredits, 2010a); application, intake, screening,<br />

assessment / review and granting. All the in<strong>for</strong>mation generated during the five steps<br />

is gathered in the IT system MicroNet. This system enables an automated loan<br />

assessment procedure, communication between the back office and the local loan<br />

officer, a highly automated central back office procedure and is linked to several<br />

external actors (Qredits, 2010b). The system can be used constantly <strong>for</strong> monitoring<br />

and has a lot of potential. There<strong>for</strong>e Qredits won the ‘Europe Award’ <strong>for</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

Good Practices, endowed with !50,000, - during the 7th European <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

Network’s Annual Conference in London (Qredits, 2010c).<br />

By the time the Council presented its report it was expected that only twenty percent<br />

of the annual 10.000 extra entrepreneurs (see figure 1.2) would need additional<br />

financing.<br />

1.3 Professionalizing<br />

Micro-credit and microfinance in (Western) Europe, and particularly in the<br />

Netherlands, are rather new phenomena (see paragraph 1.1). In developing<br />

countries however, it is much older. Initially, most developing countries accepted<br />

microfinance as an instrument to combat poverty. Then it was acclaimed as an<br />

instrument to boost entrepreneurial initiatives. Subsequently, microfinance institutions<br />

(MFIs) developed comprehensive programs offering a wider range of products and<br />

services to micro-entrepreneurs (Molenaar, 2009). During the maturing process<br />

several per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement systems (PMSs) have been developed in order to<br />

cope with the professionalization of the sector.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 8<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


1.4 Research aim<br />

The overall aim of this research is that the results contribute to the existing body of<br />

literature and to provide a practical model that can be used by (one of) the<br />

microfinance players. In order to prevent the same wheels from being invented again,<br />

the first step will be to identify what PMSs are being used by MFIs in both developing<br />

and industrialized countries. The research aim of this thesis can be <strong>for</strong>mulated as<br />

follows:<br />

Identify what PMSs are being used (by MFIs) around the world in order to<br />

develop a model that contributes towards the sustainability of the microfinance<br />

sector in the Netherlands.<br />

1.5 Research Objective and Central Question<br />

The objectives that arise from the research aim are:<br />

• To give a sound and in-depth review on the current literature on MFIs and the<br />

PMSs they use;<br />

• To identify the gap between theoretical and empirical per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

measurement regarding PMS used by MFIs;<br />

• To identify what specific elements microfinance experts consider to be<br />

important <strong>for</strong> per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement in the Netherlands;<br />

• To identify the need <strong>for</strong> further research.<br />

The objectives are the input <strong>for</strong> the research question. The central question in this<br />

research is thus:<br />

How can the PMSs used (by MFIs) in both developing and industrialized<br />

countries be used to provide the best <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> the microfinance sector in<br />

the Netherlands?<br />

In order to answer the central question, the following sub-questions need to be<br />

answered:<br />

• What does the current body of literature reveal about the different MFIs, and<br />

their use of PMSs, throughout the world?<br />

• How does the current microfinance model in the Netherlands look like?<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 9<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


• What different players in the Dutch microfinance model can be identified?<br />

• By focussing on what player, will the largest move towards contribution be<br />

realized?<br />

• How can the identified PMSs improve the sustainability of this player?<br />

• How do the PMSs need to be adjusted to be suited <strong>for</strong> the needs of this<br />

player?<br />

• What elements of the PMS are relevant <strong>for</strong> this player?<br />

1.6 The Research Strategy, Philosophical Stance and Approach<br />

Now that the central and sub-question(s) of this research are set, the question in turn<br />

is how these can be answered. The potential move towards sustainability will be<br />

based on; already available literature, best practices and the current state of the<br />

Dutch microfinance sector. This method of carrying out research is theory-building.<br />

Theory-building is an inductive approach to research, as theory follows data rather<br />

than the other way around (Saunders, Lewis and Thornhill, 2009). To improve the<br />

model, however, it is possible to combine both inductive and deductive (theory-<br />

testing) research. This is can be done using a Grounded Theory (GT) strategy. GT is<br />

‘theory that emerges from data’ (Glaser and Strauss 1967). GT starts by taking an<br />

inductive approach followed by a deductive approach to test the theory that is being<br />

built. By using this approach, the philosophical stance of the realist can be applied,<br />

which combines the best of both the positivistic method and interpretivistic method’s<br />

world view (Saunders et al., 2009).<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 10<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


1.7 Research and Report Structure<br />

Using GT structures, the research and the report accordingly.<br />

• To determine what PMSs are being used by MFIs throughout the world, further<br />

discussion on the sustainability of MFIs and the role of PMSs is held through a<br />

literature review in chapter 2.<br />

• As a result of the initial research, it is expected that Dutch MFIs can move<br />

towards sustainability by the use of appropriate PMSs. This needs to be<br />

confirmed by an extended literature review. In addition, the literature review<br />

needs to shed light on what particular PMS can be used, in order to have to<br />

optimal impact. This step will be described in chapter 3.<br />

• Chapter 4 covers the research design, which discusses and explains all the<br />

steps that will be taken in order to come to a valid, reliable and replicable<br />

conclusion at the end of this thesis.<br />

• After the design, the research is per<strong>for</strong>med. Chapter 5 describes the findings<br />

from the research. This is done accordingly to the categories as they were<br />

developed during the research.<br />

• In chapter 6, a discussion is held on the different categories developed during<br />

the research. The empirical findings are compared to the findings from the<br />

literature.<br />

• Chapter 7 concludes this research by summarizing the major findings and<br />

identifying the research opportunities <strong>for</strong> the future.<br />

Figure 1.3: The Research Model (Author)<br />

!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 11<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


2. Theory and Literature Review – <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

2.1 Introduction<br />

To determine what PMSs are being used by MFIs throughout the world, further<br />

discussion on the sustainability of MFIs and the role of PMSs is held through a<br />

literature review in this chapter. First background in<strong>for</strong>mation will be provided.<br />

Second the different practises from development countries are discussed. Thirdly<br />

microfinance in the industrialized countries will be discussed. Fourthly an important<br />

aspect of microfinance, the business development service (BDS) will be discussed<br />

and finally a conclusion will be drawn relating the further focus of this research.<br />

2.2 Background on <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

According to the Journal of <strong>Microfinance</strong> the term defines what; ‘is arguably the most<br />

innovative strategy to address the problems of global poverty’ (Woodworth and<br />

Woller, 1999, p. 6.). This view is shared by the United Nations (UN), which<br />

designated the year 2005 as the International Year of Microcredit (UN, 1999). The<br />

key objective of the year was to unite Member States, UN Agencies and <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

Partners in their shared interest to build sustainable and inclusive financial sectors<br />

(UN, 2004) and achieve the Millennium Development Goals (see The World Bank<br />

Group, 2009). Be<strong>for</strong>e the 1990s or 1980s both the terms ‘microcredit’ and<br />

‘microfinance’ were not used, neither in the academic literature nor by development<br />

aid practitioners (Schwiecker, 2004). The concept of providing financial services to<br />

low-income people, however, is much older.<br />

2.3 <strong>Microfinance</strong> in developing countries<br />

What is being regarded as microfinance nowadays initiated in the 1970s and focused<br />

on the provision of credit to the poor in order to reduce poverty and instigate social<br />

change. The process was driven by twenty-three Non-Governmental Organizations<br />

(NGOs), and came to be known as the ‘microcredit revolution’ (Phiri, 2009). This is<br />

associated to Nobel Peace Laureate, Muhammad Yunus, the founder and prophet of<br />

the microcredit movement and Bangladesh’s Grameen Bank (Businessweek, 2005).<br />

Powered by donor support and international publicity, Grameen Banking became the<br />

new model of microcredit (Seibel, 2005).<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 12<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


2.3.1 Double Bottom Line<br />

Most MFIs deal with a double bottom line. On the one hand they try to reach financial<br />

sustainability and on the other hand they try to increase their socioeconomic impact<br />

(Simanowitz, 2003). Finding the right balance between these two goals can be<br />

difficult. One of the tools that can help a MFI to promote financial per<strong>for</strong>mance as<br />

well as measure social per<strong>for</strong>mance is the client assessment tool (Woller, 2005). This<br />

tool helps to gather in<strong>for</strong>mation about the clients, analyze the in<strong>for</strong>mation and act on<br />

the in<strong>for</strong>mation. According to measurement expert Gary Woller, there are three<br />

generic approaches to client assessment (Crompton, 2007):<br />

1. Impact assessment;<br />

2. Market research;<br />

3. Client monitoring.<br />

Impact assessment is the process of both proving impact and improving<br />

interventions by measuring as accurately as possible the impact of an intervention<br />

and understanding the processes of intervention and their impacts so as to improve<br />

those processes (Hulme, 2000). This has become an increasingly important aspect<br />

of development activity as agencies and particularly aid donors have sought to<br />

ensure that funds are well spent. According to Pawlak and Matul (2004) impact<br />

assessment has a bad reputation by MFIs.<br />

Market research is the process of gathering in<strong>for</strong>mation on clients’ needs and wants,<br />

behaviours and perceptions. If carried out properly and if the data is used effectively<br />

it has the potential to strengthen financial per<strong>for</strong>mance (Crompton, 2007).<br />

Client monitoring is the process of tracking changes in clients’ profiles, well-being<br />

and behaviour. This will allow a MFI to monitor the socioeconomic status of their<br />

clients and consequently determine its social per<strong>for</strong>mance (Crompton, 2007).<br />

2.3.2 Mission drift?<br />

The phenomenon of mission drift captures the process whereby MFIs depart from<br />

their social mission, and increasingly focus on their financial per<strong>for</strong>mance. This focus<br />

on financial per<strong>for</strong>mance may harm the potential impact and outreach of<br />

microfinance programs, diminishing the poverty alleviation potential of microfinance.<br />

At the same time, this focus may harm the dual return that <strong>for</strong>eign institutional<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 13<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


investors expect to gain from the financial and social per<strong>for</strong>mance that MFI invested<br />

in. Both effects may occur if the balance between the financial and social<br />

per<strong>for</strong>mance of a MFI turns into a trade-off. The ongoing process of the<br />

commercialization of MFIs is leading to such a trade-off (Engels, 2009).<br />

In July 2008, the Financial Times warned <strong>for</strong> the commercialization of MFIs. The<br />

increasing interest of institutional investors, and the large amount of money injected<br />

into the microfinance industry, seems to enhance the <strong>for</strong>-profit motive in the industry.<br />

Muhammad Yunus, claimed; ‘when you are making profits you are moving into the<br />

mentality of the loan shark. We are trying to get that loan shark out’ (Burgis, 2008).<br />

Gokhale (2009) notes that <strong>for</strong> ambitious MFIs, maximizing profits seems to become a<br />

means to attract funding and a key objective by itself.<br />

2.3.3 Social Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement<br />

The <strong>Microfinance</strong> Centre (MFC) <strong>for</strong> Central and Eastern Europe (CEE) and the New<br />

Independent States argues that the key to developing sustainable social per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

management (SPM) systems and practices is by integrating these systems within the<br />

operational organization. This approach enables MFIs to achieve their social mission,<br />

because if there is no system to support improvement in social per<strong>for</strong>mance, the<br />

MFIs social mission may be lost in the drive of reaching the financial targets.<br />

Combining social and financial measures can even increase financial returns in the<br />

long run, due to a better understanding of target clients and allocating resources in a<br />

more efficient way and thereby avoiding unnecessary costs of inefficient actions.<br />

Moreover, combining these indicators will enable managers to successfully balance<br />

institutional and development impact trade-offs while striving to achieve the ‘double<br />

bottom line’ and improve overall per<strong>for</strong>mance (Pawlak and Matul, 2004). The role of<br />

microfinance differs from one context to another. Based on a needs assessment,<br />

each MFI aims to develop services <strong>for</strong> selected target groups. Each MFI perceives its<br />

role in a different way and wants to achieve different objectives. Given this<br />

uniqueness of MFIs, there is a need <strong>for</strong> different systems and approaches <strong>for</strong><br />

measuring social per<strong>for</strong>mance. Each system needs to answer the following central<br />

questions:<br />

• Verification – How successful is the mission being fulfilled?<br />

• Improvement – What can be done to better fulfil the mission?<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 14<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


The SPM should have the following functions (Pawlak and Matul, 2004):<br />

1. Identifying target clientele;<br />

2. Monitoring client status change among target clientele (both current and<br />

existing clients);<br />

3. Stimulating the search <strong>for</strong> new solutions to improve the fulfilment of the<br />

organizational mission through targeting tools, new products, partnerships,<br />

delivery channels, etc.<br />

Figure 2.1: SPM system Framework (Pawlak and Matul, 2004)<br />

!<br />

The MFC has developed a Toolkit<br />

based on the <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard<br />

(BSC) methodology, to help MFIs<br />

professionalize their strategic<br />

management processes and improve<br />

their double bottom line. The Toolkit<br />

minimizes the risk of mission drift <strong>for</strong><br />

those MFIs, which grow fast, trans<strong>for</strong>m<br />

themselves into regulated institutions<br />

and/or compete aggressively with<br />

other market players (<strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

Centre, 2007, p. 2). One of the tools in<br />

the Toolkit, inspired by the BSC is the<br />

!<br />

Strategy Map (see figure 2.2). Since social impact is important <strong>for</strong> microfinance a fifth<br />

perspective (traditionally the BSC has four perspectives, see paragraph 3.2.2) is<br />

<strong>added</strong>. This perspective is called the social perspective.<br />

Figure 2.2: Strategy Map (MFC, 2007)<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 15<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


2.4 <strong>Microfinance</strong> in (Western) Europe<br />

Micro-credit and microfinance in (Western) Europe are rather new phenomena and<br />

were first put seriously on the agenda in the early nineties. In a relatively short period<br />

both have been embraced fully by politicians at the European Union, and at some<br />

national levels (see figure 2.3), as a valuable instrument <strong>for</strong> social and economic<br />

development (Molenaar, 2009). There is a spread belief in Europe that microcredit<br />

can play an important role within the 10 year Lisbon strategy <strong>for</strong> growth and<br />

employment and achieve social inclusion, which goals should have been achieved by<br />

2010 (Canale, 2010).<br />

In the 2007 Survey of the <strong>Microfinance</strong> sector in Europe (Jayo, Rico and Lacalle,<br />

2008) an assessment was made of the Mission Statements of the majority of the<br />

organizations. These could be classified into the following four main categories:<br />

• Job creation and entrepreneurship promotion;<br />

• Small and Medium Enterprise (SME) and economic development;<br />

• Financial inclusion;<br />

• Social inclusion and the fight against poverty.<br />

Figure 2.3: Number of Loans Disbursed by Country 2008-2009 (Molenaar, 2010)<br />

Due<br />

!<br />

to the different missions of different organizations, different perspectives and<br />

models have been developed. One perspective about microfinance is that it is<br />

sustainable: ‘Dozen of institutions have proved that financial services <strong>for</strong> poor people<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 16<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


can cover their full cost, through adequate interest spreads, relentless focus on<br />

efficiency, and aggressive en<strong>for</strong>cement of repayment’ (Littlefield and Rosenberg,<br />

2004). An opposite perspective is: ‘MFIs that focus on financial self-sufficiency bear<br />

the burden of proving that they are truly reaching the very poor. If not, then they are<br />

pushing the microfinance industry to abandon its <strong>value</strong>-based roots, and concern <strong>for</strong><br />

the poor, however earnest, can be become simply an excuse to make a buck.’<br />

(Woller, Dun<strong>for</strong>d and Warner, 1999).<br />

2.4.1 <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions Goals<br />

One of the main goals of European MFIs is to become sustainable over the long run<br />

(Jayo et al., 2008). The outcomes of the working paper are average <strong>for</strong> the European<br />

Union (see figure 2.4) there is however a difference between Western Europe and<br />

CEE. In CEE, where microfinance was introduced after the fall of the wall, MFIs<br />

traditionally focus on profitability, scale and sustainability (Hartarska et al., 2006). In<br />

Western European, on the other hand, MFIs have a strong focus on social inclusion<br />

and pay less or almost no attention to profitability (Evers and Jung, 2007).<br />

!<br />

!<br />

2.4.2 <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions Modes<br />

According to Pollinger, et al. (2007) there are three different modes in which MFIs<br />

operate:<br />

• Survival;<br />

• Sustainability;<br />

Figure 2.4: Future Goals of European MFIs (Jayo et al., 2008)<br />

• Self-sufficiency.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 17<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


A MFI in the survival mode can barely cover its monthly expenses and faces a slow<br />

death when money runs out. A sustainable MFI covers its annual expenses, but<br />

relies heavily on donations, grants or other <strong>for</strong>ms of public of private subsidies<br />

besides its own income. Finally a self-sufficient MFI is able to cover all its expenses<br />

from lending and related operations. Most organizations are in between survival and<br />

sustainable mode (Pollinger et al., 2007). Two specific definitions of sustainability are<br />

widely used, operational and financial. Operational sustainability refers to the ability<br />

of a MFI to cover its expenses by its incomes generated from its core activities. The<br />

two most important incomes are fees and interest generated from its loan portfolio.<br />

Financial sustainability refers to the ability to cover its costs if it had to raise 100% of<br />

its loan portfolio through recapitalization and through borrowing funds at the market<br />

rate (CGAP, 2003; CDFA, 2006).<br />

Reaching financial sustainability is not <strong>for</strong> every MFI the ultimate strategic goal.<br />

Vinelli (2002) gives five supporting arguments why MFIs should. The first reason is<br />

that it helps to ensure organizational survival and thus continuing (financial) support<br />

that is desired by many micro-entrepreneurs. Once borrowers feel that the MFI itself<br />

has financial problems or that it will not punish them when they do not repay (in time)<br />

the default rate will increase 1 (Schreiner and Morduch, 2002; Gonzalez-Vega, 1998;<br />

Bates, 1995). Second, pricing their products at market levels will enable MFIs to<br />

attract the target of non-bankable (but potentially viable) borrowers who do not have<br />

access to cheaper products. Third, traditional lenders have to compete with<br />

organizations that benefit from large subsidies. Fourth, once sustainable MFIs will be<br />

able to raise funds from variable sources. Finally, focusing on sustainability will<br />

require the management to control its costs. This last argument can cause mission<br />

drift to occur. The reason <strong>for</strong> this is that it is easier to increase self-sufficiency by<br />

lending to individuals with better credit records. Consequently the real financial<br />

excluded will not be reached. Hence, instead of searching <strong>for</strong> borrowers that are<br />

cheaper and easier to serve, lenders need to work harder and more efficiently and<br />

even create less expensive products (Schreiner and Morduch, 2002; Vinelli, 2002).<br />

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!<br />

1 This is one of the reasons why ‘Stichting Microkrediet Nederland’ operates under the name Qredits<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 18<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


According to Von Pischke (2002) the best practice <strong>for</strong> the microfinance industry is<br />

sustainability and eventually self-sufficiency. There<strong>for</strong>e sustainable institutions need<br />

to be created. In this sense European MFIs have been increasingly pressured to<br />

adapt more business like practices and become self-sufficient. Dayson, et al. (2009)<br />

conducted a benchmarking study of five UK MFIs. As part of this study they analyzed<br />

and modelled the past and future per<strong>for</strong>mance of their loan portfolios, their<br />

partnerships, and the way in which their staff members spent their time and the<br />

processes and structures driving this time-use. They include previous research into<br />

the UK MFI sector, which has identified three pathways of improving financial and<br />

operational sustainability 2 :<br />

• Staff productivity and efficiency;<br />

• Effective partnerships (to reduce costs and increase client base);<br />

• An appropriately mixed loan portfolio.<br />

2.4.3 Benchmarks<br />

In the UK, MFIs are referred to as Community Development Finance Institutions<br />

(CDFIs). CDFIs are often seen as the developed world counterparts of MFIs that<br />

operate in developing countries. A key point of discussion has been whether it is<br />

appropriate to use the same kinds of measures and techniques in both contexts. In<br />

addition to the fact that CDFIs’ activities extend beyond microfinance, there is a belief<br />

that the differences between microfinance in developing and developed countries are<br />

very significant (Servon, 1999), and that there is a need <strong>for</strong> PMSs that suite the<br />

specific needs of developed economies.<br />

Due to different types of organizations and circumstances in European countries (see<br />

figure 2.5) the benchmarks in terms of the degree of self-sustainability <strong>for</strong> different<br />

MFIs need to be individually adjustable, depending on target groups and services<br />

provided (Jung et al., 2009). Kramer-Eis and Con<strong>for</strong>ti (2009) state that developing<br />

and maintaining a flexible and sustainable funding model <strong>for</strong> microfinance operations<br />

that will allow the MFIs to realize their individual approach will be a major challenge.<br />

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!<br />

" !During the previous one and a half to two years, Qredits has provided around 850 microloans.<br />

Several respondents felt that this number is quite low, considering that Qredits employs twenty-six<br />

people; there<strong>for</strong>e similar research could be conduct in the Netherlands. Part of this research could be<br />

to identify more specifically the demand <strong>for</strong> microcredit in the Netherlands. !<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 19<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


The main factors that negatively affect the move toward a sustainable model, so far<br />

identified are (Evers and Jung, 2007; Guichandut and Underwood, 2007):<br />

1. Difficult and little developed market place;<br />

2. Sector immaturity;<br />

3. Presence of subsidies.<br />

According to Jung, et al. (2009) financial and non-financial services should be<br />

considered as separate cost centres when developing such a model. The financial<br />

operations may become sustainable in the long run, but the Business Development<br />

Services (BDS) <strong>for</strong> disadvantaged target groups will remain liable on subsidies.<br />

Figure 2.5: Social Inclusion of Enterprise Development (Molenaar, 2010)<br />

!<br />

2.5 Business Development Services<br />

2.5.1 Introduction<br />

Data indicates that approximately 98 percent of<br />

European companies are small businesses<br />

(SBs). Of these small firms, 91 percent are<br />

micro-firms, employing less than 10 individuals,<br />

while 50 percent are sole proprietorships (see<br />

figure 2.6 and table 2.1) (European<br />

Commission, 2007). Moreover, as the industrial Figure 2.6: Types of Enterprises<br />

(European Commission, 2007)<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 20<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


sector in Europe is in decline while the service industry and modern technology is<br />

steadily growing, micro and small enterprises have gained and are still gaining<br />

importance (Lämmermann, Zamorano and Guichandut, 2007).<br />

Enterprise category Headcount Turnover or Balance sheet total<br />

Medium-sized < 250 ! " 50 million ! " 43 million<br />

Small < 50 ! " 10 million ! " 10 million<br />

Micro < 10 ! " 2 million ! " 2 million<br />

Table 2.1: Enterprise Category (European Commission, 2007)<br />

The !<br />

three major European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Networks share this view. One of their key<br />

recommendations <strong>for</strong> policy makers from their shared advisory report (CDFA, MFC,<br />

EMN, 2007) is to recognise that microfinance is broader than the provision of credit.<br />

It includes a range of other financial services, such as savings, insurance and<br />

leasing. However, other non-financial services such as BDS and financial literacy are<br />

needed to fight all aspects of social and financial exclusion. The European Networks<br />

argue that this will significantly enhance the operations of microfinance institutions<br />

(MFIs), which will, in turn, increase their impact, accelerating the inclusion process.<br />

Jayo, et al. (2008) made similar recommendations.<br />

2.5.2 What are BDS?<br />

In 2002 the Micro-Finance Skills Project described BDS as all external non-financial<br />

support to enterprises that:<br />

• Increases operational capacity;<br />

• Provides access to markets;<br />

• Improves management skills;<br />

• Improves financial efficiency;<br />

• Provides access to networks and in<strong>for</strong>mation.<br />

According to Lämmermann, et al., (2007) support services are especially important<br />

<strong>for</strong> microenterprises (enterprises with less than ten employees). Micro entrepreneurs<br />

often lack technical and managerial skills, in<strong>for</strong>mation and market access, factors<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 21<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


that are needed in order to trans<strong>for</strong>m a microloan into a competitive microenterprise.<br />

BDS address these constraints and comprise a wide variety of different non-financial<br />

pre- and post-loan services. Formerly BDS suppliers mainly focused on providing<br />

training and assessment services. However, in the last years, the range has<br />

broadened and now it also includes ef<strong>for</strong>ts to improve access to marketing services<br />

and in<strong>for</strong>mation resources. In addition, infrastructure development and policy re<strong>for</strong>m<br />

are now referred to when talking about BDS. According to Granger and Lämmerman<br />

(2009) BDS enable new entrepreneurs to face administrative procedures, implement<br />

accountancy and management systems, establish a bank relationship and identify<br />

commercial opportunities. In addition, they reduce the risk of non-repayment of the<br />

loan. For business support, many MFIs rely on volunteers.<br />

Since the development of microfinance in Europe, BDS have been regarded as an<br />

essential factor <strong>for</strong> the successful realization of a microloan. This stands in contrast<br />

to microfinance in developing countries, where credits are more often delivered<br />

without additional business support.<br />

2.5.3 Lessons from the Past<br />

Molenaar (2009) argues that we need to learn from the past. According to him small<br />

and medium-sized enterprises (SME) have received significant attention in the<br />

seventies and eighties and many programmes have been experimented with. Special<br />

SME financing programmes were developed, as well as training and consultancy<br />

services. Evaluations of SME development programmes in the eighties showed the<br />

limitations of the methods and programmes; they did not reach large numbers of<br />

people, were considered costly and were offering all kinds of services to the SME<br />

sector in a supply driven, ineffective and inefficient way.<br />

The comprehensive evaluations of the small-scale industries sector in the late<br />

eighties (Keddie, Nanjundan and Teszler, 1988) provide an in-depth insight into the<br />

numerous pitfalls encountered in small and micro-enterprise development and<br />

promotion programmes. Their studies clearly spell out the weaknesses of the SME<br />

support systems adopted, programmes developed and policies pursued. These<br />

weaknesses led to supply-focused, often isolated support, reaching few people at a<br />

relatively high cost.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 22<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


According to Molenaar (2009) the lessons drawn from such analyses are manifold<br />

and have an important influence on the design of micro-enterprise programmes and<br />

on the role of related BDS. Some of these are:<br />

• The need <strong>for</strong> an enabling environment that will be conducive to the<br />

development of the micro- and small enterprise sector;<br />

• The importance of involving financial institutions in credit and financing<br />

programmes and the need to think in financial systems rather than in credit<br />

lines proper;<br />

• The importance to professionalise intermediary institutions and organisations<br />

and to assist these in their organisational and related human resources<br />

development processes;<br />

• The importance to boost and promote local entrepreneurship resulting in clear<br />

demand <strong>for</strong> services;<br />

• The need <strong>for</strong> flexible programmes that can be adjusted to changing needs in<br />

the small and micro-enterprise sector.<br />

2.5.4 Types of BDS<br />

Harper (2000) following Carney (1998) proposes an interesting approach to BDS. He<br />

categorizes BDS by the capital assets, which people need to live on: physical, social,<br />

natural and human (see table 2.2).<br />

Capital Asset Relevant Business Development Services<br />

Physical The provision of home-based business space, power, water, factory<br />

sheds, business incubators, land tenure, roadside rights, transport,<br />

common service equipment<br />

Social The development of co-operatives, self-help groups, business<br />

associations, clusters, networks, franchising, chambers of commerce.<br />

Assistance with in<strong>for</strong>mation and with linkages to customers and to<br />

suppliers<br />

Natural Promotion of sustainable use of raw materials, recycling, pollution<br />

reduction, waste disposal<br />

Human Training, advice, counselling, consultancy, in technical skills,<br />

‘entrepreneurship’ and in business management<br />

Table 2.2: Business Development Service Categories (Harper, 2000)!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 23<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


According to Lämmermann, et al. (2007) this categorization is useful because it<br />

highlights the fact that BDS include a wide range of different development services.<br />

Additionally, it points out the importance of locating BDS in a wider context while at<br />

the same time adapting them to individual business’ needs. Meanwhile, another,<br />

equally useful approach is proposed by the Committee of Donor Agencies <strong>for</strong> Small<br />

Enterprise Development in its ‘Guiding Principles <strong>for</strong> Donor Intervention on BDS <strong>for</strong><br />

Small Enterprises’ (World Bank, 2001). It differentiates two types of BDS services,<br />

namely strategic and operational. While operational services designate those<br />

services needed <strong>for</strong> day-to-day operations (in<strong>for</strong>mation and communication,<br />

management of accounts and compliance with regulations), strategic services<br />

address medium and long-term issues related to a business’ market access or<br />

competitiveness.<br />

2.5.5 BDS Dimensions<br />

According to the Small Enterprise Education and Promotion (SEEP) Network Guide<br />

to BDS, (in Ribbink, 2003) BDS comprise of the following seven dimensions:<br />

1. Training and technical assistance: management training, feasibility studies,<br />

technical training, counselling and advisory services (management and<br />

planning advice, assistance in making loan applications and advice on dealing<br />

with financing institutions);<br />

2. Access to larger markets: strengthened linkages between SMEs and larger<br />

enterprises (joint ventures, sub-contracting arrangements, technology transfer<br />

or marketing contracts), trade fairs and exhibitions and improved advertising;<br />

3. Improved Infrastructure: strengthening the capacity of micro entrepreneurs in<br />

such fields as transport and delivery, money transfer and Internet services;<br />

4. Input supply: improving suppliers’ capacity to provide regular supply of quality<br />

inputs;<br />

5. Product development: technology transfer, quality insurance programs and<br />

design services;<br />

6. Alternative financing mechanisms: notably the facilitation of supplier credit;<br />

7. Policy/advocacy: training in policy advocacy; policy studies.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 24<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Figure 2.7: Overview of BDS (Micro-Finance Skills Project, 2002)<br />

These !<br />

different approaches emphasize the importance of pre- and post-loan services<br />

<strong>for</strong> making effective use of microcredit and establishing a healthy and growing<br />

microenterprise. Meanwhile it has to be noted that most SB people do not conceive<br />

that they need BDS. In many situations, they use services that are in<strong>for</strong>mally<br />

provided <strong>for</strong> them, <strong>for</strong> example in<strong>for</strong>mation and advice provided by relatives, friends<br />

or by media programs as well as BDS that are ‘embedded’ or ‘bundled’, that is,<br />

supplied as a by-product within other commercial relationships. Formal BDS in<br />

contrast are those provided through special arrangements, conditions or contracts<br />

between a business development agency and the owner of the business<br />

(Lämmermann et al. 2007). Figure 2.7 indicates the different BDS needs, services<br />

and providers <strong>for</strong> micro-entrepreneurs.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 25<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


2.5.6 Success of BDS<br />

Lämmermann, et al. (2007) argue that in Europe, a wide range of <strong>for</strong>mal business<br />

service providers <strong>for</strong> micro- and small enterprises exists. This includes the Chambers<br />

of Commerce as well as public and semi-public business support agencies. Private,<br />

self-sustaining agencies <strong>for</strong> support services to micro- and small enterprises are<br />

much less common though. There are certainly many individual enterprises that can<br />

testify that assistance from support organisations has made a crucial difference to<br />

their business per<strong>for</strong>mance at significant points in their development. Assessment of<br />

the impact of such services on general economic per<strong>for</strong>mance at a more aggregate<br />

level is rather more difficult. There is evidence, presented in the Global<br />

Competitiveness Report (Porter et al., 2002), that factors influencing the quality of the<br />

business environment can have a greater impact on per<strong>for</strong>mance than is generally<br />

appreciated. Differences in the availability of business in<strong>for</strong>mation between countries,<br />

<strong>for</strong> instance, are strongly associated with variations in per capita income (European<br />

Commission, 2001).<br />

2.5.7 BDS Criticism<br />

There is also criticism on the current policies. Shane (2009) states that policy makers<br />

often think that creating more start-up companies will trans<strong>for</strong>m depressed economic<br />

regions, generate innovation, and create jobs. Shane argues that this view is flawed<br />

because he believes that the typical start-up is not innovative, creates few jobs, and<br />

generates little wealth. The vast majority of people founding new businesses aren’t<br />

entrepreneurs in the sense of people building companies that grow, generating both<br />

jobs and wealth. Rather, they are founding wage-substitution businesses that have<br />

more in common with self-employment than with the creation of high growth<br />

companies. According to Shane getting economic growth and jobs creation from<br />

entrepreneurs is not a numbers game. It is about encouraging the <strong>for</strong>mation of high<br />

quality, high growth companies. Shane believes that policy makers should stop<br />

subsidizing the <strong>for</strong>mation of the typical start-up and focus on the subset of<br />

businesses with growth potential. He states; ‘while government officials will not be<br />

able to, [similar to venture capitalists] ‘pick winners,’ they can identify start-ups with a<br />

low probability of generating jobs and enhancing economic growth. By eliminating<br />

incentives to create these low probability companies, policy makers can improve the<br />

average per<strong>for</strong>mance of new businesses’.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 26<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


2.6 Conclusion<br />

Based on the literature presented above, four conclusions can be drawn. The first<br />

conclusion is that this research will have the most <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> when focussing on<br />

the pre-loan BDS in the Netherlands. This conclusion is threefold.<br />

• First of all, the BDS is of major importance of the survival rate of starting<br />

entrepreneurs, improving this survival rate will have a significant contribution<br />

towards the sustainability of the complete sector.<br />

• Secondly the partial research conducted so far on the microfinance sector in<br />

the western world is primarily focused on the improvement of the credit-related<br />

MFIs, less research has been carried out with the focus on the BDS provided<br />

in the western world. At the moment of research no specific PMS has been<br />

found used or provided to start up micro entrepreneurs.<br />

• Thirdly, the relative late introduction of microfinance in the Netherlands<br />

allowed the Dutch MFIs to benefit from <strong>for</strong>eign experiences. This phenomenon<br />

is called the dialectics of progress and enabled the single (major) microcredit<br />

supplier in the Netherlands, Qredits, to develop a PMS that incorporates many<br />

of the advantages a BSC related PMS can deliver to an organization 3 . !<br />

The second conclusion is that since the development of microfinance in Europe, BDS<br />

have been regarded as an essential factor <strong>for</strong> the successful realization of a<br />

microloan. This stands in contrast to microfinance in developing countries, where<br />

credits are more often delivered without additional business support.<br />

The third conclusion is that BDS are expensive and rely heavily on government<br />

subsidies, there<strong>for</strong>e government officials need to limit BDS to starting entrepreneurs<br />

with sufficient growth potential.<br />

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!<br />

3 One of the strengths of the BSC is to make qualitative per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators quantitatively<br />

measurable. Qredits realizes this through the use of standard screenings reports each business<br />

consultant has to fill in according to a standard set of questions, while interviewing the potential<br />

entrepreneur.<br />

!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 27<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


The final conclusion relates to the PMS used by MFIs. Because most MFI cope with<br />

a double bottom line, they are in pursuit of a PMS that allows them to measure both<br />

financial and non-financial results. A PMS that is invented to deal with financial and<br />

non-financial measures is the <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard (BSC) (see chapter 3). The<br />

literature above showed that examples of PMS related or based on the BSC are<br />

already present in practise.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 28<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


3. Theory and Literature Review – <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard<br />

‘The scorecard is not a way of <strong>for</strong>mulating strategy. It is a way of<br />

understanding and checking what you have to do throughout the organization<br />

to make your strategy work.’ (Quote from David Norton in Leadbeater, 1997).<br />

3.1 Introduction<br />

The previous chapter ended with the conclusion that in order to enable MFIs to cope<br />

with the double bottom line, a PMS is required that enables them to manage their<br />

organization based on both financial and non-financial per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators.<br />

Another conclusion was that in order to provide a prevalent contribution towards the<br />

sustainability of the Dutch microfinance sector the focus of this research should be<br />

on the MFIs that provide BDS to starting entrepreneurs. First background in<strong>for</strong>mation<br />

about the BSC will be provided. Secondly, lessons will be drawn from examples of<br />

PMSs beyond the private sector different practises from development countries are<br />

discussed. Finally the specific characteristics of MSEs will be discussed.<br />

3.2 The Characteristics of the <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard<br />

According to Gomes and Liddle (2009) public sector organizations have increased<br />

their use of per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators as a tool <strong>for</strong> monitoring, managing and measuring<br />

per<strong>for</strong>mance. Per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators have been devised from several different tools,<br />

frameworks and models, such as the Business Excellence Model, Investors in<br />

People, charter mark, ISO 9000, the balanced scorecard and benchmarking<br />

(McAdam, Hazlett and Casey, 2005). An alternative list of per<strong>for</strong>mance management<br />

models was suggested by Lee (2006): the Per<strong>for</strong>mance Pyramid, the Results and<br />

Determinants Matrix, the <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard, the Consistent Per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

Measurement System, and the Integrated Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement System. The<br />

common point between the two lists is Kaplan and Norton’s (1996) <strong>Balanced</strong><br />

Scorecard. To understand the use of the BSC its background will be discussed in the<br />

next paragraph.<br />

3.2.1 Background<br />

During the early stages of the development of the model, the emphasis was on<br />

integrating financial and non-financial measurements, (McNair, Lynch and Cross,<br />

1990) to make it possible <strong>for</strong> these different metrics to provide the same signal or<br />

outcome (McNair and Mosconi, 1987). In the early 1990s, Harvard professor Robert<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 29<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Kaplan and international strategy consultant David Norton proposed the first<br />

generation of the BSC as a framework to provide structure <strong>for</strong> related sets of<br />

organizational per<strong>for</strong>mance measures. The framework uses strategic and financial<br />

measures to assess the outcome of a chosen strategy by combining quantitative and<br />

qualitative measures (Lynch, 2009), enabling a company to align its smaller-scale<br />

operational activities with the larger-scale objectives in terms of vision and strategy<br />

(Kaplan and Norton, 1992; 1993; 1996c; 2004).<br />

Its designers have claimed that it addresses many of the shortcomings of the more<br />

traditional accounting approaches to organizational per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement<br />

(Kaplan and Norton, 1996a). They argue that per<strong>for</strong>mance measures should move<br />

beyond the normal financial ratio data such as return on capital employed and<br />

earnings per share. They claim that these functional measures leave out the process<br />

of strategy implementation, while the process is what really matters: ‘Processes have<br />

replaced (or are replacing) departments and functions’ (Kaplan and Norton, 1996a).<br />

The following three main types of process are identified (Lynch, 2009):<br />

Management - how the leader runs the organization, how decisions are made and<br />

implemented; Business - how products are designed, orders fulfilled, customers’<br />

satisfaction achieved and so on; Work - how work is operationalized, purchased,<br />

stored manufactured and so on.<br />

3.2.2 Structure<br />

The framework consists of four predefined and interrelated perspectives, which need<br />

to appear on every scorecard (see figure 3.1). Within the general framework specific<br />

measures can be selected, recognizing that every strategy is unique. Hence, while<br />

the BSC specifies the categories of measures to be used, it also has the flexibility to<br />

customize its design to user requirements through the selection of individual<br />

measures within each category. Due to these characteristics the BSC has become a<br />

very popular model and is one of the most widely used recent innovations in<br />

management accounting (Cobbald and Lawrie, 2002, p. 4). The traditional four key<br />

strategic perspectives are (Kaplan and Norton, 1996a, pp. 30-1):<br />

• Financial - how a company wishes to be viewed by its shareholders;<br />

• Customer - how a company wishes to be viewed by its customers;<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 30<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


• Business Processes - indicates the areas where the company needs to<br />

stand out in order to satisfy its customers and shareholders;<br />

• Learning & Growth - involves the improving developments that the company<br />

needs to realize if its strategy and vision are to be achieved<br />

Recognizing that some corporate visions and strategies may require additional<br />

perspectives, Kaplan and Norton state that some variation of the BSC framework is<br />

possible (Kaplan and Norton, 1996a, p. 34).<br />

Figure 3.1: The BSC framework (Adapted from Kaplan and Norton, 1996a, p. 9.)<br />

!<br />

3.2.3 Linking, Cause and Effect<br />

Without the linking of the four perspectives in a causal chain a ‘true’ BSC does not<br />

exist. Kaplan and Norton observe that: ‘Many managers believe they are using a<br />

BSC when they supplement traditional financial measures with generic, non-financial<br />

measures about customers, processes and employees … [But] A scorecard should<br />

contain outcome measures and the per<strong>for</strong>mance drivers of those outcomes, linked<br />

together in cause of effect relationship (Kaplan and Norton, 1996a, p. 53).<br />

In this vein, ‘The measurement system should make the relationships (hypotheses)<br />

among objectives (and measures) in the various perspectives explicit so that they<br />

can be managed and validated’ (Kaplan & Norton, 1996a, p. 30). For example,<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 31<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


investments in learning will lead to a better internal business process, which, in turn,<br />

is likely to improve a customer’s satisfaction and loyalty, and there<strong>for</strong>e result in a<br />

higher return on investments, which would satisfy shareholders (see figure 3.2)<br />

(Kaplan & Norton, 2001).<br />

Figure 3.2: The Assumed Causal Relationship in the BSC<br />

!<br />

3.2.4 Indicators<br />

‘improving organizational per<strong>for</strong>mance by monitoring financial per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

[i.e. a primary per<strong>for</strong>mance measure] is as useless as trying to improve a<br />

sports team’s per<strong>for</strong>mance by only reporting the scores of its games’<br />

(Atkinson and Waterhouse, 1997).<br />

According to the MFC (2007) a well-designed BSC uses indicators to provide a<br />

company with a way to measure progress toward achieving its mission and the<br />

execution of its strategy. Selecting the appropriate indicators is one of the most<br />

critical steps in developing a BSC <strong>for</strong> a company. There are many possible kinds of<br />

indicators, but ‘lag’ indicators (outcome measures) and ‘lead’ indicators (per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

drivers) are most useful in strategic management.<br />

Lag indicators are the measurable outcomes of actions previously taken and<br />

provide an overall score (e.g. sales volume, market share). They allow a company to<br />

track historical per<strong>for</strong>mance and to understand how results change over time. Most<br />

financial indicators are of the lag variety and are often expressed by ratios<br />

(percentages).<br />

(Adapted from Hopper, Northcott and Scapens, 2007, p. 178).<br />

Lead indicators are measurements of situations (or facts) that, at least in part,<br />

determine the desired and / or expected measurable outcomes expressed as lag<br />

indicators. For example, time spent with clients (a lead indicator) can determine an<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 32<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


increase in client satisfaction (lag indicator). Lead indicators allow a company to<br />

manage their strategy operationally. They can also help to indicate intermediate<br />

changes in processes or indentify intangible assets that are necessary to achieve the<br />

desired final result. Each perspective should have lead and lag indicators, creating a<br />

two-directional cause and effect chain.<br />

3.2.5 Purposes<br />

When a BSC is designed in this way, it is more than just a strategic measurement<br />

system; it will also be a strategic control system that acknowledges the different<br />

expectations of the various stakeholders. The key principles behind the scorecard<br />

are (Lynch, 2009, p. 508; Hopper et al., 2007, p. 178):<br />

• Translating the vision – through clarifying and gaining consensus;<br />

• Communicating and linking – by setting goals and establishing rewards <strong>for</strong><br />

success;<br />

• Business planning – to align objectives, allocate resources and establish<br />

milestones;<br />

• Feedback and learning – to review the subsequent per<strong>for</strong>mance against the<br />

plan.<br />

The ultimate purpose of the BSC is to translate the vision and strategy of an<br />

organization into measureable objectives with a practical meaning <strong>for</strong> management.<br />

3.2.6 Process<br />

The first step in achieving these purposes is, to clarify and translate the vision and<br />

strategy into specific strategic objectives and related measures. The next step is to<br />

translate the overall strategy and objectives into specific objectives and measures <strong>for</strong><br />

each team or employee (holding a key position in the organization). These objectives<br />

and per<strong>for</strong>mance measures will later be the basis <strong>for</strong> the rewards. The following step<br />

is to communicate these specific objectives in relation to the overall vision and<br />

strategy to all teams and employees (Kaplan and Norton, 1996a, p213). The final<br />

step is gaining feedback and learning <strong>for</strong>m it.<br />

3.2.7 Success of the BSC<br />

Lee (2006, p. 52) argues that the following characteristics legitimise the BSC as a<br />

useful framework <strong>for</strong> improving per<strong>for</strong>mance:<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 33<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


• Derived from strategy;<br />

• Stimulates continuous improvement;<br />

• Clearly defined purpose;<br />

• Simple to understand and use.<br />

Researchers and commentators have identified widespread satisfaction with the BSC<br />

as a tool <strong>for</strong> implementing and communicating strategy. For example, the following<br />

benefits have been recognized: the clarity of focus which it brings to the critical<br />

factors determining per<strong>for</strong>mance (Kanji and Sa, 2002; Ritter, 2003); its <strong>value</strong> as an<br />

in<strong>for</strong>mation system <strong>for</strong> diagnosis and control (Pandey, 2005); its contribution to the<br />

effectiveness of strategy implementation through the translation and communication<br />

of strategy in the <strong>for</strong>m of tangible measures (Kanji and Sa, 2002); its use as a<br />

substitute <strong>for</strong> traditional budgeting (Ax and Bjornenak, 2005); and its flexibility and fit<br />

to different organizations (Kanji and Sa, 2002).<br />

3.2.8 Criticism on the BSC<br />

However, research has also shown that BSC users are not very knowledgeable<br />

about the cause and effect relationships that should govern the selection of<br />

per<strong>for</strong>mance measures. In practice, users simply have a belief in the relationship<br />

between measures rather that testing and identifying the nature of actual<br />

relationships. Implementations have met a series of practical problems (Ahn, 2001).<br />

The BSC has also been criticized because the temporal link between the variables is<br />

not clear (Nørreklit, 2000; Kunc, 2008). If a cause and effect relationship requires a<br />

time lag between cause and effect, then it is problematic that time is not part of the<br />

scorecard. The effect of the measures will occur at different times as different areas<br />

of per<strong>for</strong>mance involve different time scales (Hopper et al., 2007).<br />

Herrscher (2006) argues <strong>for</strong> what he calls ‘the’ ’really’ ’integrated BSC’ that links<br />

functions, responsibilities, inputs and outputs. Nørreklit argues that some<br />

stakeholders, such as suppliers and public authorities, are excluded from the<br />

traditional BSC model and proposes that ‘a coherent strategy is one in which the<br />

properties of the different areas of strategic focus (finance, market requirements,<br />

technology, internal business processes, etc) are integrated and harmonized,<br />

allowing the ends planned to be achieved through the working together of the<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 34<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


properties of the different areas of focus’. In a similar vein, de Haas and Kleingeld<br />

(1999) define coherence in a per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement system as ‘an attribute of a<br />

per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement system which causes per<strong>for</strong>mance by the group acting<br />

upon that system to contribute to the per<strong>for</strong>mance of other interdependent groups<br />

and, thereby, to contribute to the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the organizational entity as a<br />

whole’.<br />

Organizations have focused on building an operational tool that apparently works at a<br />

technical level, rather that following the conceptual blueprint of Kaplan and Norton.<br />

As with many novel developments linked to control and remuneration, resistance to<br />

change had been apparent. Kasurinen (2002), <strong>for</strong> example, found that three different<br />

types of barriers to BSC implementation exist, which he terms ‘confusers’<br />

(uncertainty about the role <strong>for</strong> the BSC), ‘frustrators’ (the existence of an hostile<br />

engineering culture), and ‘delayers’ (difficulty in specifying strategies). Consequently<br />

the process of implementation requires careful attention if the BSC is to be adopted<br />

successfully. This view is confirmed by Ax and Bjornenak (2005), whose study of<br />

BSC diffusion in Sweden showed that its original framework had to be amended<br />

during implementation to suit ‘local’ culture and conditions. This was achieved by<br />

including an employee perspective, a link to an intellectual capital model, and the use<br />

of non-budgetary control systems.<br />

Finally, the model often proved to be a poor fit <strong>for</strong> small and service organizations.<br />

The fatal flaw in the BSC approach was the explicit reliance on a well-developed<br />

corporate strategy <strong>for</strong> successful implementation. There is significant empirical proof<br />

that a defined strategy is not a given <strong>for</strong> a SB (Watts, Baard and McNair, 2009a).<br />

3.3 Lessons from previously developed BSC models<br />

Many variations on the traditional BSC have been developed. This section will draw<br />

lessons from these previously developed models.<br />

3.3.1 The Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Pyramid <strong>for</strong> Small Business<br />

Based on the Comprehensive Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management System (CPMS) (see figure<br />

B-5 in appendix B) developed by McNair and Watts (2009), Watts, Baard and McNair<br />

(2009b) developed a Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Pyramid <strong>for</strong> Small Business (see<br />

figure B-6 in appendix B). They acknowledged that middle management does not<br />

exist in SB and there<strong>for</strong>e eliminated the middle layer of the CPMS. The three<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 35<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


emaining drivers of the model are; sustainability, productivity / flexibility and liquidity.<br />

Finally they state that SBs excel at meeting customers needs (see table 3.1).<br />

Authors Main findings<br />

Mc Nair and<br />

Watts (2009)*<br />

Watts, et al.<br />

(2009b)*<br />

• Developed the Comprehensive Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management System<br />

(CPMS) that integrated characteristics of several control systems<br />

• Builds on the work of Lynch and Cross (1991) as well as the model<br />

developed by CAM-I (McNair et al., 2000)<br />

• The integrated model combines traditional and modern perspectives on<br />

control, both top-down and bottom-up metrics, the internal versus<br />

external stakeholder perspective, and finally, the relationship of locus of<br />

control (organizational role) with the types of incentives that companies<br />

have found to be most useful in creating sustainable per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

improvements.<br />

• Developed a per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement pyramid <strong>for</strong> SBs, based on the<br />

CPMS (McNair and Watts, 2009). The following changes have occurred<br />

to ensure the ‘fit’ to SBs:<br />

o The middle of the pyramid has collapsed; reflecting the fact that<br />

middle management is all but non-existent in SBs<br />

o Removing the middle layer from the model leaves the three<br />

primary dimensions noted by many researchers in this area to<br />

be key to the survival and growth of a SB (Watts and Preda,<br />

2004; Orser et al., 2000; Meredith, 1989)<br />

o These three dimensions are then expanded to a set of<br />

operational measures that allow the SB owner to plan <strong>for</strong>, and<br />

control, the operational pipeline that connects the SB to the<br />

customer<br />

o The remaining concerns; remaining liquid, being flexible, and<br />

constantly providing a superior experience to the firm’s<br />

customers, remains a constant concern not only found in<br />

successful SBs<br />

• While these are critical metrics <strong>for</strong> all organizations, then, the KPIs <strong>for</strong><br />

SBs also capture the fact that they excel at meeting customer needs<br />

because the customer is never more than one step removed from the<br />

operational pipeline. In SB, <strong>value</strong> is always created <strong>for</strong> the customer<br />

from the bottom up<br />

Table 3.1: Development of the Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Pyramid <strong>for</strong> Small Business<br />

* Model presented in appendix B<br />

(Adapted from Watts et al., 2009b)!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 36<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


3.3.2 Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management Beyond the Private Sector<br />

According to Kaplan and Norton (2001), the BSC needs some adjustments in order<br />

to fit to the modus operandi of not-<strong>for</strong>-profit organizations, because their main<br />

objectives are not finance-related. They suggest putting the customer at the top of<br />

the strategic map. However, even this small modification could be a complicated one.<br />

Kaplan and Norton (2001, p. 98), argue that ‘in a non-profit organization, donors<br />

provide the financial resources; they pay <strong>for</strong> the service, while another group, the<br />

constituents, receives the service. Who is the customer, the one paying or the one<br />

receiving?’ In order to address this strategic problem, they suggest that:<br />

‘Rather than have to make such a Solomonic decision, organizations place<br />

both the donor perspective and the recipient perspective, in parallel, at the top<br />

of their <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecards. They develop objectives <strong>for</strong> both donors and<br />

recipients, and then identify the internal processes that deliver desired <strong>value</strong><br />

propositions <strong>for</strong> both groups of ‘customers’’ (Kaplan & Norton, 2001, p. 98).<br />

According to Meadows and Pike (2009) examples of PMSs such as BSC in the third<br />

sector are still relatively rare in the literature; several studies however have been<br />

identified of the use of the BSC in the public sector. These different studies identify<br />

many different elements that need to be taken into account when developing a new<br />

BSC model (see table 3.2).<br />

Authors Main findings<br />

Wisniewski and<br />

Dickson (2001)<br />

Wisniewski and<br />

Olafsson (2004)<br />

McAdam, et al.<br />

(2005)<br />

• Illustrate the use of the BSC by Dumfries and Galloway Constabulary<br />

in Scotland as part of a strategic policing initiative<br />

• Discuss the experience of local authorities in using the BSC to<br />

improve per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

• Demonstrate such improvement through effective per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

measurement<br />

• Explored issues involved in developing and applying per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

management approaches within a large UK public sector department<br />

• Found that staff at all levels had an understanding of the new system<br />

and perceived it as being beneficial<br />

• There were concerns that the approach was not continuously<br />

managed throughout the year and was in danger of becoming an<br />

annual event, rather than an on-going process<br />

• The change process seemed to have advanced without corresponding<br />

changes to appraisal and reward and recognition systems<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 37<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Greatbanks and<br />

Tapp (2007)<br />

Manville (2007)<br />

Irwin (2002)<br />

MFC (2007)* °<br />

Cobbold and<br />

Lawrie (2004)<br />

Meadows and<br />

Pike (2009)*<br />

• The business objectives were not aligned with motivating factors within<br />

the organization<br />

• The strategic integration of the stakeholder per<strong>for</strong>mance measures<br />

and scorecards was found to be essential to producing an overall<br />

stakeholder driven strategy within the case study organization<br />

• Consider the impact of implementing and using the BSC within a<br />

public service city council environment<br />

• A longitudinal case study approach is adopted in order to evaluate the<br />

impact of scorecards at three levels:<br />

o Strategic planning;<br />

o Team management;<br />

o Individual staff per<strong>for</strong>mance.<br />

• Evidence suggests that the use of scorecards enabled employees to<br />

appreciate their role, and focus on delivery of per<strong>for</strong>mance related<br />

measures, which support organizational strategy<br />

• Clarity of role appears to have a positive influence on the achievement<br />

of the organization’s business plan and excellence goals regarding the<br />

delivery of customer service<br />

• Study about the implementation of a PMS using the BSC within a not<br />

<strong>for</strong> profit small and medium sized enterprise (SME)<br />

• Noting that the motivation <strong>for</strong> adopting the scorecard were both<br />

internal and external due to the heavily regulated nature of the<br />

organization<br />

• Explores the use of strategy mapping (which demonstrates links<br />

between scorecard perspectives) as a tool to develop strategy in a<br />

public sector agency<br />

• Suggests a simplified version, which can communicate that strategy<br />

effectively, both inside and outside the organization<br />

• Describe changes to the definition of the BSC framework that have<br />

occurred since the early 1990s, recognizing within these changes<br />

three distinct generations of BSC design<br />

• Observed that these changes have improved the utility of the<br />

framework as a strategic management tool<br />

• Developed the Social Enterprise Scorecard<br />

• The four perspectives typical of the Kaplan and Norton model (see<br />

figure 3.1) have been replaced with others more suited to the needs of<br />

a leading investor, operating in the field of social venture capital:<br />

o Financial Perspective ! Financial Return<br />

o Customer Perspective ! Social Return (On Investment)<br />

o Business Processes ! Business Model<br />

o Learning & Growth ! Organizational Development<br />

• Three boxes represent different time perspectives:<br />

o The innermost box presents a picture of the current situation<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 38<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Gomes and<br />

Liddle (2009)*<br />

o The middle box provides an indication of where the social<br />

enterprise wishes to be in 18 months—2 years time<br />

o The outermost box projects a much more long term—5 to 10<br />

year perspective<br />

• The intention is to highlight the connections and continuities in the<br />

organization’s actions and strategies over time<br />

• A number of problems were experienced while using the Social<br />

Enterprise Scorecard Empirically:<br />

o The scorecard-based approach was not fully introduced to the<br />

organizations concerned prior to the initial assessment visit<br />

o Some of the early users expressed frustration during their initial<br />

attempts to use the tool<br />

o Some users had not encountered anything similar be<strong>for</strong>e;<br />

o Some were suspicious of it as a private sector model invented<br />

in business schools<br />

• It is clear that the Scorecard has to be used flexibly, if it is to be of real<br />

<strong>value</strong> to investor and investee<br />

• Used as an illustrative case study <strong>for</strong> the third sector, by using an<br />

organization that does not aim to produce a profit, rather, it was<br />

concerned with managing resources to foster research results at a<br />

lower cost and to act as a tugboat <strong>for</strong> public universities by improving<br />

efficiency and nimbleness<br />

• Concluded that the case study organization, although it does not<br />

pursue profits, desperately needs financial stability in order to survive<br />

• This is ensured by good financial per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

• There<strong>for</strong>e they decided to put the financial dimension at the top<br />

Table 3.2: Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management Beyond the Private Sector (Author)<br />

° Model<br />

!<br />

discussed in paragraph 2.2.3<br />

* Model presented in appendix B<br />

3.4 Characteristics of Micro and Small Entrepreneurs<br />

Since the focus of this research is on entrepreneurs supported by MF-points, the next<br />

step is to identify the characteristics of these Micro and Small Entrepreneurs (MSE).<br />

3.4.1 Planning in the Small Business Sector<br />

‘Failing to plan is planning to fail’ (Unknown)<br />

According to Watts, et al. (2009b) there is one universal theme in the SB literature:<br />

few MSE have a well-developed strategy (see table 3.3). As the tabled literature<br />

suggests, inadequate planning appears to have a negative effect on the small firm’s<br />

per<strong>for</strong>mance and sustainability, as evidenced by higher failure rates <strong>for</strong> those MSE<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 39<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


that fail to effectively plan <strong>for</strong> the future of the business (Davig et al., 2004; Orser et<br />

al., 2000; Shrader et al., 1989). One of the reasons given <strong>for</strong> this failure to plan is the<br />

limited time available to entrepreneurs, who are often engaged actively in day-to-day<br />

operations. In addition, some argue that <strong>for</strong>mal planning would actually negatively<br />

affect the flexibility of the firm, seen as a key competitive advantage <strong>for</strong> many SBs,<br />

they can proactively shift operations and focus to meet changing customer<br />

requirements (Davig et al., 2004; Knight and Knight, 1993).<br />

Author(s) Main Findings<br />

Knight and<br />

Knight (1993)<br />

Davig, Elbert<br />

and Brown<br />

(2004)<br />

Van Auken and<br />

Sexton (1985)<br />

Fitzgerald and<br />

Moon (1996)<br />

Orser, Hogarth-<br />

Scott and<br />

Riding (2000)<br />

• SB planning is unstructured, irregular, sporadic and reactive<br />

• SBs only see need <strong>for</strong> <strong>for</strong>mal planning when seeking financing<br />

• Formal planning may impair flexibility, which is critical to SBs success<br />

• Insufficient time <strong>for</strong> planning exists in SBs<br />

• Formal planning may impair flexibility<br />

• Size differences impact these patterns<br />

• Little or no strategic planning in SBs<br />

• Operational planning is more prevalent<br />

• Objectives of planning, when done, are often vague, pragmatic, and<br />

extremely short-range<br />

• Per<strong>for</strong>mance of SBs who engage in some <strong>for</strong>m of planning exceeds<br />

that of the SB firms that do not undertake planning<br />

• In the US, over 64% of SBs do no <strong>for</strong>mal planning<br />

• Growth occurs only when al threshold of administrative and<br />

managerial acumen is attained by the management team<br />

• The presence of a business plan was highly correlated with<br />

per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

Table 3.3: Planning in the Small Business Sector (Watts et al., 2009b)<br />

Most !<br />

owner-managers are generalists with a very broad level of practical experience<br />

yet they often lack the expertise to accomplish the planning task (Meredith, 1989).<br />

Many owner- managers become reactive rather than proactive in their decision-<br />

making. This fact can be seen from two perspectives; MSE operate in ‘fire-fighting’<br />

mode because of the failure to plan effectively (Shrader et al., 1989); strategic<br />

planning does not occur in MSE (or only occurs to a small degree) because the firm’s<br />

viability is dependent on flexibility and a keen understanding of operational<br />

competencies (Davig et al., 2004; Knight and Knight, 1993).<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 40<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


3.4.2 Defining ‘Fit’: The Unique Features of Small Business<br />

The following five unique characteristics of MSE can be indentified (Watts and Preda,<br />

2004; Orser et al., 2000; Meredith, 1989):<br />

1. Resource issues; Resource poverty is experienced in cash flow, access to<br />

expertise or skills, human resources, and the time and energy of the owner-<br />

manager. Smaller firms rely on a few individuals to carry out the various<br />

management tasks necessitating the owner-manager to acquire many diverse<br />

skills to operate the enterprise successfully; resource poverty generally<br />

restricts this acquisition;<br />

2. Structure; The SB is characterized as flat, with faster in<strong>for</strong>mation flows, which<br />

result in a faster decision-making process. The firm’s operations are generally<br />

locally based, even though they may exceed national borders and markets.<br />

There<strong>for</strong>e, the strategies they employ are often in<strong>for</strong>mal, yet dynamic;<br />

3. Dominant role played by the owner-manager. The owner-manager is<br />

fundamental to the small firm, since their innovative qualities and philosophies<br />

often shape its nature. They also create and influence the management style<br />

of the SB; they are in many instances, the business;<br />

4. Control; Small firms are independently owned. The owner-manager who is<br />

also the firm’s principle decision-maker generally contributes the operating<br />

capital. There<strong>for</strong>e, MSE tend to be closely controlled. These owner-managers<br />

also desire independence and rely on their own skills, talents, and hard work<br />

to succeed;<br />

5. Continuation; MSE have high failure rates in the first three to five years. The<br />

causes <strong>for</strong> these early failures include managerial inadequacy, unfamiliarity<br />

with established business practices, integration of strategic and operational<br />

management processes, lack of managerial experience, inadequate planning,<br />

and poor financial control and record- keeping (Gaskill et al., 1993; Pickle and<br />

Abrahamson, 1990; Meredith, 1989).<br />

3.4.3 Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement in the Small Business Sector<br />

Watts, et al. (2009b) note that in the business sense, per<strong>for</strong>mance refers to the<br />

accomplishment of the business’ strategies (actions) in order to achieve the<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 41<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


objectives (obligations) established. The objective may be a targeted level of<br />

profitability (key to survival) or an above-average or improved return on investment<br />

(required <strong>for</strong> growth). Per<strong>for</strong>mance measurements quantify action in terms of their<br />

efficiencies and effectiveness, which represent the degree to which the obligations of<br />

the firm are fulfilled (Neely et al., 1995).<br />

Watts, et al. (2009b) continue with the statement that the balanced scorecard model<br />

(Kaplan and Norton, 1993) has promoted significant research into the characteristics<br />

of, and approaches <strong>for</strong> developing, strategic per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement systems.<br />

Combined with several related models, such as the ‘per<strong>for</strong>mance pyramid’ (Lynch<br />

and Cross, 1991), integrated per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement systems, consistent<br />

per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement systems and the results-determinants matrix (Fitzgerald<br />

and Moon, 1996; Fitzgerald et al., 1991), it appears that there is a wide range of<br />

potential measurement models <strong>for</strong> MSE to consider (see table 3.4).<br />

Author(s) Main Findings<br />

Hudson, Smart<br />

and Bourne<br />

(2001)<br />

Davig, Elbert and<br />

Brown (2004)<br />

Laitinen (2002)<br />

Haber and<br />

Reichel (2005)<br />

Orser, Hogarth-<br />

Scott and Riding<br />

(2000)<br />

Fitzgerald and<br />

Moon (1996);<br />

• Focused on small to medium UK firms.<br />

• Measures are often unclear, with complex or outdated data<br />

produced; historical focus<br />

• Small number of simple, ad hoc measures actually used including<br />

metrics on quality, time, finance, and customer satisfaction<br />

• Only non-specific in<strong>for</strong>mal feedback<br />

• Adapted balanced scorecard to small manufacturing firm<br />

• Size differences and industry effects found to be critical in designing<br />

metrics <strong>for</strong> SBs<br />

• Created integrated per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement system (IPMS) <strong>for</strong><br />

small Finnish technology firms linked with ABC<br />

• Two external factors (financial per<strong>for</strong>mance and competitiveness)<br />

and five internal factors (costs, production factors, activities, products<br />

and revenues) linked into causal chain<br />

• Focus on tourism industry in Israel<br />

• Measures divided into short- and long-term groups further subdivided<br />

into objective (financial) and subjective (non- financial) sets<br />

• Need to incorporate SB life cycle in the design of per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

metrics<br />

• Concur with findings of Haber and Reichel<br />

• Developed metrics specific to service firms<br />

• 2 categories: results (competitiveness and financial per<strong>for</strong>mance)<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 42<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Fitzgerald,<br />

Johnson and<br />

Brignall (1991)<br />

and determinants (quality of service, flexibility, resource utilization,<br />

innovation)<br />

• Details multiple measures <strong>for</strong> each dimension of per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

measurement<br />

Table 3.4: Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Systems and MSE (Watts et al., 2009b)!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 43<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Section II. Research Design<br />

The previous section identified the aim of this research and discussed the relevant<br />

studies. With the knowledge available from the other studies, the knowledge gap was<br />

identified.<br />

This single-chapter section will focus on how the knowledge gap will be filled through<br />

this research. It <strong>for</strong>ms the bridge between the previous section, in which the rationale<br />

was built and the next section in which the research findings are discussed. To make<br />

this bridge, chapter 4 focuses on how the questions posed in this research will be<br />

answered.<br />

Figure II-1: Thesis Overview (Author)!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 44<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


4. Methodology<br />

4.1 Introduction<br />

In the introduction, the reason <strong>for</strong> employing Grounded Theory (GT) was explained<br />

(see paragraph 1.6). In order to learn from other research, however, the design is<br />

<strong>for</strong>malised after the literature review. By doing this, the limitations of some designs<br />

are better known than they are on <strong>for</strong>ehand. In this chapter, the <strong>for</strong>mal design is<br />

presented.<br />

This will be done in the following manner. The first step is to elaborate on the setting<br />

in which this study will take place. The second step is to establish the philosophical<br />

stance. Thirdly, the process of Qualitative Analysis is discussed. Fourthly the<br />

methods of data collection are addressed. Next the literature and interviews are<br />

discussed. Seventh the research is described. The chapter ends with an explanation<br />

of reliability and validity issues.<br />

4.2 Setting<br />

During the initial literature review the three different components of microfinance in<br />

the Netherlands have been identified (Heemskerk, 2009a):<br />

• MF-Points;<br />

• Coaching;<br />

• Microcredit.<br />

Each aspect consists of multiple different types of organizations, each with their<br />

specific approach, aim and objective, but all have the shared goal to stimulate<br />

entrepreneurship and assist potential entrepreneurs in their quest <strong>for</strong> starting a<br />

sustainable business. For the purpose of this research the main focus will lay on the<br />

work of the MF-points. These types of organizations are the starting point <strong>for</strong> the<br />

majority of the potential entrepreneurs. These types of organizations do not provide<br />

loans and deal with the entrepreneurs that do not have a running business yet.<br />

As the literature research revealed, significant research has been done on the PMSs<br />

used by medium sized enterprises and large cooperation’s, but little is known about<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 45<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


the use and usefulness of PMSs by starting entrepreneurs. This is the underlying<br />

question <strong>for</strong> the remaining of this research.<br />

4.3 Philosophical Stance<br />

The nature of the research is exploratory. An exploratory study is a valuable means<br />

of finding out ‘what is happening; to seek new insights; to ask questions and to<br />

assess phenomena in a new light’ (Robson, 2002, p. 59). According to Saunders,<br />

Lewis and Thornhill (2009) there are three principal ways of conducting exploratory<br />

research:<br />

• A search of the literature;<br />

• Interviewing ‘experts’ in the subject;<br />

• Conducting focus group interviews.<br />

The great advantage of exploratory research is that it is flexible and adaptable to<br />

change. If you are conducting it you must be willing to change your direction as a<br />

result of new data that appear and new insights that occur to you (Saunders et al.,<br />

2009). There<strong>for</strong>e the Thesis will be written from an interpretive perspective, this<br />

allows indentifying the meaning individuals attach to their responses. Inline, a<br />

phenomenological epistemology is applied with the gathering of qualitative data; this<br />

refers to the way in which humans make sense out of the world around us (Saunders<br />

et al., 2009, p. 116).<br />

4.4 The Process of Qualitative Content Analysis<br />

‘If there were only one truth, you couldn’t paint a hundred canvases on the<br />

same theme’. (Quote from Pablo Picasso in Allen and Unwin, 1969)<br />

The process of qualitative content analysis started during the early stages of data<br />

collection. This early involvement in the analysis phase helped to move back and<br />

<strong>for</strong>th between concept development and data collection (Miles & Huberman, 1994).<br />

The content analysis started with preparing the data and proceeded through writing<br />

up the findings in a report (Zhang and Wildemuth, 2009).<br />

4.4.1 Step 1: Preparing the Data<br />

Qualitative content analysis is most often used to analyze interview transcripts in<br />

order to reveal or model people’s in<strong>for</strong>mation related behaviours and thoughts.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 46<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Considering the inductive exploratory approach of this study great <strong>value</strong> has been<br />

placed on the exact response of interviewees. There<strong>for</strong>e, (1) all the questions of the<br />

interviewer have been transcribed; (2) the verbalizations have been literally<br />

transcribed; and (3) observations during the interview (e.g., sounds, pauses, and<br />

other audible behaviours) have been transcribed (Schilling, 2006).<br />

4.4.2 Step 2: Defining the Unit of Analysis<br />

The unit of analysis refers to the basic unit of text to be classified during content<br />

analysis. Messages have been unitized be<strong>for</strong>e they were coded, since differences in<br />

the unit definition could affect the coding decision as well as the comparability of<br />

outcomes with other similar studies (De Wever et al., 2006). There<strong>for</strong>e, defining the<br />

coding unit was one of the most fundamental and important decisions (Weber, 1990).<br />

For the qualitative content analysis individual themes have been used as the unit <strong>for</strong><br />

analysis. By using themes as the coding unit, the emphasis was primarily on<br />

indentifying expressions of ideas (Minichiello et al., 1990). Thus, codes have been<br />

assigned to text chunks of any size, as long as that chunk represented a single<br />

theme or issue of relevance to the research question(s).<br />

4.4.3 Step 3: Developing Categories<br />

Categories and have been derived from three sources: the data, previous related<br />

studies, and theories. Inductively content analysis is particularly appropriate <strong>for</strong><br />

studies that intend to develop theory. While developing categories inductively from<br />

raw data, the constant comparative method (Glaser & Strauss, 1967) was used. This<br />

enabled to make differences between categories apparent and not only focus on<br />

original insights. The essence of the constant comparative method is (1) the<br />

systematic comparison of each text assigned to a category with each of those<br />

already assigned to that category, in order to fully understand the theoretical<br />

properties of the category; and (2) integrating categories and their properties through<br />

the development of interpretive memos. This has been done according to the step<br />

model of inductive category development (Mayring, 2000) (see figure 4.1)<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 47<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Figure 4.1: Step model of inductive category development (Mayring, 2000)<br />

!<br />

4.4.4 Step 4: Testing the Coding Scheme on a Sample of the Text<br />

To ensure clarity and consistency of the category definitions a sample of the data<br />

was coded. Doubts and problems concerning the definitions of categories, coding<br />

rules, or categorization of specific cases have been discussed with fellow students<br />

(Schilling, 2006). In line with the step model of inductive category development<br />

(Mayring, 2000) the iterative process of coding sample text, checking coding<br />

consistency, and revising coding rules has been carried out continuously until<br />

sufficient coding consistency was achieved (Weber, 1990).<br />

4.4.5 Step 5: Coding All the Text<br />

After sufficient consistency had been achieved, the coding rules were applied to the<br />

entire body of text. During the coding process, the coding has been checked<br />

repeatedly, to prevent ‘drifting into an particular sense of what the codes mean’<br />

(Schilling, 2006). Because coding proceeded while new data was continued to be<br />

collected, new themes and concepts continued to emerge.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 48<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


4.4.6 Step 6: Assessing the Coding Consistency<br />

According to Miles and Huberman (1994) and Weber (1990) it is not safe to assume<br />

that, when a sample is coded in a consistent and reliable manner, the coding of the<br />

whole body of text will also be consistent. Human coders are subject to fatigue and<br />

are likely to make more mistakes as the coding proceeds. New codes may have<br />

been <strong>added</strong> since the original consistency check. Also, the coders’ understanding of<br />

the categories and coding rules may change subtly over the time, which may lead to<br />

greater inconsistency. For all these reasons, after the entire data set was coded the<br />

consistency of the coding was checked again.<br />

4.4.7 Step 7: Drawing Conclusions from the Coded Data<br />

During this step, sense was made out of the identified themes, categories and their<br />

properties. At this stage, inferences were made and the reconstructions of meanings<br />

derived from the data were presented. This was done by exploring the properties and<br />

dimensions of categories, identifying relationships between categories, uncovering<br />

patterns, and testing categories against the full range of data (Bradley, 1993). It has<br />

been a critical step in the analysis process, and its success relied almost wholly on<br />

reasoning abilities of the author.<br />

4.4.8 Step 8: Reporting the Methods and Findings<br />

Qualitative content analysis does not produce counts and statistical significance;<br />

instead, it uncovers patterns, themes, and categories important to a social reality.<br />

Presenting research findings from qualitative content analysis is challenging,<br />

there<strong>for</strong>e quotations are used to justify conclusions (Schilling, 2006).<br />

When presenting the qualitative content analysis results, the author strived <strong>for</strong> a<br />

balance between description and interpretation. Description gives the readers’<br />

background and context and thus needs to be rich and thick (Denzin, 1989).<br />

Qualitative research is fundamentally interpretive, and interpretation represents the<br />

authors personal and theoretical understanding of the phenomenon under study. An<br />

interesting and readable report ‘provides sufficient description to allow the reader to<br />

understand the basis <strong>for</strong> an interpretation, and sufficient interpretation to allow the<br />

reader to understand the description’ (Patton, 2002, p.503-504).<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 49<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


4.5 Methods of Data Collection<br />

In order to answer the main research question, the sub-questions will have to be<br />

answered first. After the literature review the sub-question can be adjusted according<br />

to the stronger focus of the research. Table 4.1 presents the data collection methods<br />

used to answer the sub-questions.<br />

Sub-questions Data collection method<br />

What does the current body of literature reveal about the<br />

different microfinance models, throughout the world?<br />

How does the current microfinance model in the Netherlands<br />

look like?<br />

What different players in the Dutch microfinance model can be<br />

identified?<br />

How can the BSC improve the sustainability of starting<br />

entrepreneurs supported by pre-loan BDS?<br />

How does the BSC need to be adjusted to be suited <strong>for</strong> the<br />

needs of these starting entrepreneurs?<br />

What dimensions of the BSC are relevant <strong>for</strong> the starting<br />

entrepreneurs?<br />

How do the dimensions related to each other in an optimal<br />

BSC?<br />

!<br />

As the table reveals, there will be two different types of research:<br />

• Literature review, as carried out in section one;<br />

Literature review<br />

Literature review &<br />

Interviews<br />

Literature review<br />

Literature review &<br />

Interviews<br />

Literature review &<br />

Interviews<br />

Literature review &<br />

Interviews<br />

Literature review &<br />

Interviews<br />

Table 4.1: How the sub questions will be answered (Author)<br />

• Interviews will be conducted to build upon the indentified models.<br />

This is in line with the chosen philosophical stance (see paragraph 4.2). How each<br />

one of these methods is executed is discussed accordingly.<br />

4.6 Literature Review<br />

The first step of the research was an extensive review of all relevant literature<br />

published on the subject of microfinance. The analysis of the secondary research<br />

helped to develop a general idea about the different microfinance models in relation<br />

to the ambition of making the Dutch model sustainable and to establish a theoretical<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 50<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


ackground. The literature review per<strong>for</strong>med in section one <strong>for</strong>ms the primary input of<br />

this research. The interview outline (see appendix C) is based on the findings from<br />

this part and the identified relevant BSC models are the basis <strong>for</strong> the new model.<br />

4.7 Interviews<br />

The interviews will be the most essential element of this research and provide the<br />

answer to the question; how microfinance in the Netherlands can move towards<br />

sustainability by using the BSC.<br />

The ideas gained from the literature review will be used to develop appropriate<br />

interview questions. The interviews will be semi structured. This means that there is a<br />

list of themes and questions. During the interviews the questions and order can be<br />

different from earlier interviews (Saunders et al., 2009, p. 320). The reason <strong>for</strong> this is<br />

that it allows the interview to go in to the direction of the knowledge and expertise of<br />

the interviewee, while retaining a structure, which makes it comparison and coding<br />

possible.<br />

4.7.1 Sample Selection Interviews<br />

The purpose of the research is to build a model. For this inductive exploratory<br />

approach it is important to allow broad perspectives of the matter to influence the<br />

research. For an exploratory approach it is important to interview ‘experts’ in the<br />

subject (see paragraph 4.2). To confirm the usability of the proposed model, the<br />

following groups of individuals would be potential candidates:<br />

• Members of the Council <strong>for</strong> microfinance;<br />

• Journalists;<br />

• Professors;<br />

• Employees of the ‘Stichting Microfinanciering en Ondernemerschap’;<br />

• Consultants;<br />

• Employees of a microcredit supplier (Qredits);<br />

• Business advisors of MF-point;<br />

• Starting entrepreneurs.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 51<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


All eight groups are interesting <strong>for</strong> discussion and input <strong>for</strong> the development of the<br />

final model. The last three groups could be used to pilot-test the final model. Except<br />

<strong>for</strong> the first two groups, at least one person <strong>for</strong> each group has been found willing<br />

and available <strong>for</strong> interviews, which have been conducted. Table 5.1 presents the<br />

people that have been interviewed.<br />

Name Short Position Company<br />

Karen Hofman KH Consultant McKinsey<br />

Vicent Stulen VS Project Manager Qredits<br />

Toon Bullens TB Professor Nyenrode University<br />

Robert de Lange RL Founder Mydivvi<br />

Oscar van der Ende OE Business Advisor Wijk in bedrijf Utrecht<br />

Marjolein de Boer &<br />

Claudia de Stefano<br />

MB &<br />

CS<br />

Director &<br />

Project manager<br />

Alberic Pater AP Consultant Triodos Facet<br />

Stichting Microfinanciering en<br />

Ondernemerschap<br />

Table 4.2: The Interviewees (Author)<br />

These !<br />

seven interviews with eight interviewees have secured both the aspects of<br />

broad perspectives and expertise. All interviews have been tape-recorded and a<br />

detailed transcription of each interview has been written. On average the transcripts<br />

were fifteen pages long. After each interview, an analysis has been made in order to<br />

develop codes (see paragraph 4.4). After clear patterns were shown, enough<br />

interviews were taken (Müller, 2009).<br />

4.8 The Research Design<br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong> practices in other countries will act as the central starting point of this<br />

research. The first aim is to establish what different microfinance players are present<br />

in the Netherlands and what models are being used. The next step is to determine<br />

how the BSC will help the different microfinance players to move towards<br />

sustainability. After this has been established, the next step will be to evaluate <strong>for</strong><br />

what player the BSC will have the most potential and would be most appropriate to<br />

apply to, thus focusing on only one player in-depth. Evaluating different BSC models<br />

will be the next step, and what different dimensions are being used in different<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 52<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


contexts? More specifically, the focus will have to be on models used <strong>for</strong> small-scale<br />

companies. Eventually, the combination of the literature on microfinance in other<br />

countries, the current players in the Netherlands, entrepreneurship and the BSC will<br />

provide a solid background that will aid in steering the focus of the primary data<br />

collection methods and that will strive to answer the research question.<br />

The second step of the research design is to engage in the decided research method<br />

of qualitative semi-structured interviews. The chosen interview type is semi-<br />

structured interviews. This is done <strong>for</strong> three reasons; first the questions function as a<br />

checklist, they are not asked in a specific sequence and are used to keep the<br />

conversation going (Emans, 2002). This will enable knowledge to be transferred from<br />

the interviewee to the interviewer about the discussed subject. It will allow <strong>for</strong><br />

flexibility in the conversation between the two parties, and also in the collected<br />

in<strong>for</strong>mation that can be gained after the interviews are completed. The interviews<br />

were spread out in the months of July and August, and held in the office of the<br />

interviewee and more specifically in a separate room that was closed off. This was<br />

done to ensure the following; that all of the individuals would be interviewed in a<br />

similar setting to guarantee that the conditions were comparable. All of the interviews<br />

were held in a separate closed office, which ensured that the interviewer and<br />

interviewee would not be distracted by external influences. It allowed both parties to<br />

concentrate on the interview questions, and allowed <strong>for</strong> the interview to be taped with<br />

an audio recorder. By using an audio recorder led to the following benefit; it gave the<br />

interviewer the chance to fully concentrate on the interviewees and their answers,<br />

which resulted in many follow-up questions that could be of great importance to the<br />

study.<br />

4.9 Reliability and Validity<br />

Depending on the type of research design chosen, the reliability and validity issues<br />

differ. As described, a qualitative approach fits this study well. In order to understand<br />

the meaning of reliability and validity in the setting of qualitative research a definition<br />

is provided below. Reliability has been defined by Joppe (2000) as ‘the extent to<br />

which results are consistent over time and an accurate representation of the total<br />

population under study is referred to as reliability and if the results of a study can be<br />

reproduced under a similar methodology, then the research instrument is considered<br />

to be reliable’ (Golafshani, 2003, p. 598). Patton (2002) suggests that any research<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 53<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


must take into account with the reliability of the research while designing a study,<br />

analysing the results and judging the quality of the study (Golafshani, 2003).<br />

Specifically with qualitative research, examination of trustworthiness is crucial, from<br />

the process of designing the study and to judging the quality of the study.<br />

‘Trustworthiness of a research report lies at the heart of issues conventionally<br />

discussed as validity and reliability’ (Golafshani, 2003, p. 601). However, during the<br />

research process there will always be threats to the reliability of the study, four have<br />

been identified by Robson (2002). These errors involve the participants and the<br />

observer. They can be divided into the following four threats (Saunders et al., 2009):<br />

1. Participant error;<br />

2. Participant bias;<br />

3. Observer error;<br />

4. Observer bias.<br />

Depending on the research question any of these four issues can become an issue.<br />

However, they can be prevented if the qualitative interview questions are regulated,<br />

similar and the interviews are held under similar circumstances.<br />

The reliability concerns with, the consistency of the data collection and analysis<br />

(Saunders et al., 2009, p. 156). A bigger and more divers sample group can help to<br />

increase the reliability. To increase the reliability of the inductive data, the mentions<br />

per category 4 are published in the appendix. This gives transparency of the<br />

in<strong>for</strong>mation that is used to draw conclusions. By showing the gathered primary data,<br />

the bias of the research will be reduced and the reliability will there<strong>for</strong>e increase.<br />

Interpreting the data must be regulated also, insuring the similar aspects to come out<br />

of the interviews. The below checklist was used during the study to ensure reliability<br />

in the study:<br />

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!<br />

4 The file containing all the transcripts was over hundred pages long, there<strong>for</strong>e is has been decided,<br />

not to included this file. Transcripts are available on request.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 54<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Question 1 Will the measures yield the same results on other occasions?<br />

Question 2 Will similar observations be reached by other observers?<br />

Question 3 Is there transparency in how sense was made from the raw data?<br />

Table 4.3: Reliability Check (Saunders et al., 2009)<br />

!<br />

On the other hand validity is ‘concerned with whether the findings are really about<br />

what they appear to be about’ (Saunders et al., 2009, p. 157). In other words a term<br />

describing a measure that accurately reflects the concept it is intended to measure<br />

(Babbie, 2004, p. 144). For an inductive research it is important to interview the key<br />

employees in different institutes. These individuals are those doing research or<br />

receive results on per<strong>for</strong>mance. Validity is taken into account because qualitative<br />

research indicators are measured in the same way, and inspired by questions of that<br />

are based on the emerging theory of the subjects discussed. Furthermore the<br />

questions are reviewed, validated and pilot-tested. Concluding, Patton (2002) states<br />

that ‘with regards to the researcher’s ability and skill in any qualitative research also<br />

states that reliability is a consequence of validity in a study’ (Golafshani, 2003, p.<br />

601). If the issues of reliability, validity, trustworthiness, quality and rigor are meant<br />

differentiating a 'good' from 'bad' research then testing and increasing the reliability,<br />

validity, trustworthiness, quality and rigor will be important to the research in any<br />

paradigm.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 55<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Section III. Findings and Discussion<br />

Seven semi-structured interviews have been conducted, audio-recorded and<br />

accordingly all in<strong>for</strong>mation has been transcribed. On average the transcripts were<br />

fifteen pages long. This resulted in more than a hundred pages of data. After filtering,<br />

the in<strong>for</strong>mation was coded and categorised in a spreadsheet. Each mention was<br />

allocated either to an existing type of mention or a new type of mention was created.<br />

This section will discuss the outcome of the content analysis designed in the previous<br />

chapter. The focus of this research is on how starting entrepreneurs can be<br />

supported by MF-points through the BSC, in order to increase the survival rate<br />

causing the microfinance sector as a whole to move towards sustainability. The initial<br />

presentation of the findings will reveal the results of the qualitative content analysis.<br />

This is carried out in chapter 5.<br />

Once the results of the qualitative content analysis are presented, the discussion on<br />

the in<strong>for</strong>mation found, in relation to the existing literature, is held in chapter 6.<br />

Chapter 7 serves as the final chapter of this dissertation in which the answers to the<br />

research question are given and recommendations <strong>for</strong> further research will be made.<br />

Figure III-1: Thesis Overview (Author)<br />

!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 56<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


5. Results<br />

5.1 Introduction<br />

This chapter will deal with the following sub-questions:<br />

• How can the BSC improve the sustainability of starting entrepreneurs<br />

supported by pre-loan BDS?<br />

• How does the BSC need to be adjusted to be suited <strong>for</strong> the needs of these<br />

starting entrepreneurs?<br />

• What dimensions of the BSC are relevant <strong>for</strong> the starting entrepreneurs?<br />

• How do the dimensions relate to each other in an optimal BSC?<br />

These sub-questions will be addressed and later answered in chapter 7, from the<br />

perspective of the starting entrepreneur that seeks counselling through the MF-<br />

points.<br />

5.2 The categories<br />

The main categories were identified during the literature study and served as the<br />

basis <strong>for</strong> the interview outline (see appendix C). Other categories were developed<br />

during the process of conducting the interviews. When saturation was reached about<br />

the main categories and clear patterns became clear, enough interviews were<br />

conducted. In the end sixteen categories relevant <strong>for</strong> microfinance in the Netherlands<br />

have been developed. Table 5.1 shows the categories and the number of mentions<br />

per interviewee per category.<br />

It is not possible to draw conclusion based on the number of mentions <strong>for</strong> each<br />

category, it only indicates how often it has been mentioned. No distinction has been<br />

made between whether the mention indicates the category as important or not.<br />

However it does indicate a level of significance, in order to reliably determine curtain<br />

pattern at least five respondents need to have commented on a category.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 57<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


KH VS TB RL OE MB CS AP Total App.<br />

Reason, Drive and Contribution 1 1 28 3 17 9 7 7 73 D<br />

Social 5 1 17 2 7 2 4 8 46 E<br />

Financial 6 9 27 9 16 9 4 5 85 F<br />

Sustainability Entrepreneur 0 0 4 14 4 10 11 12 55 G<br />

Customer and Market Research 5 7 9 17 18 13 11 1 81 H<br />

Internal Business Processes 1 0 3 14 10 0 0 0 28 I<br />

(Organizational) Development 7 7 3 3 13 16 6 0 55 J<br />

Learning, Growth and Employee 0 0 8 3 5 0 0 0 16 K<br />

Network 0 0 1 19 11 1 3 0 35 L<br />

Business Development Services 7 5 1 0 18 2 12 17 62 M<br />

General BSC model 4 2 14 9 17 2 2 11 61 N<br />

Relation and Link 3 7 8 3 11 3 2 1 38 O<br />

Most Important 2 1 4 0 0 4 0 6 17 P<br />

Measurement and Indicators 3 0 11 1 2 0 0 8 25 Q<br />

Sustainability of <strong>Microfinance</strong> 9 2 9 0 3 0 3 16 42 R<br />

Qredits 7 3 2 0 1 3 1 15 32 S<br />

Total 751<br />

Table 5.1: Categories and number of mentioning’s (Author)!<br />

!<br />

The last two categories; ‘Sustainability of <strong>Microfinance</strong>’ and ‘Qredits’ do not provide<br />

input <strong>for</strong> the development <strong>for</strong> the new model but provide in<strong>for</strong>mation about the<br />

development of microfinance in the Netherlands as a whole. Little more can be said<br />

on the total categories as these were allocated by the researcher in order to make<br />

discussion possible, presenting the findings of each individual category is more<br />

valuable.<br />

5.2.1. Reason, Drive and Contribution<br />

This category has been identified as the starting point <strong>for</strong> starting entrepreneurs.<br />

Be<strong>for</strong>e starting up a business, entrepreneurs need to think about their reason or drive<br />

to start up a business and possibly about the contribution they want to make towards<br />

the society (see appendix D). In figure 5.1 the three questions the interviewees<br />

named are visualized.<br />

All respondents agree about the importance of the ‘why’ question; what is the reason<br />

to start up the business and especially; is the business not started <strong>for</strong> the wrong<br />

reason? Reasons <strong>for</strong> people to start up a business, mentioned by the respondents<br />

are:<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 58<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


• Satisfaction, happiness;<br />

• Using creativity, applying a trick;<br />

• A belief, passion, drive;<br />

• Freedom, making own decisions;<br />

• Status, dignity;<br />

• Sustainability;<br />

• Employment;<br />

• Money.<br />

Figure 5.1: Starting point entrepreneurs (Author)!<br />

The last two reasons are often mentioned in relation with copying behaviour. Boer<br />

(2010) mentions that ‘people often think; ‘that person has a greengrocer’s shop and<br />

drives a car, so starting a greengrocer’s shop it is’, the idea to start instead, <strong>for</strong><br />

example a bakery, does not come up’. In extension to this point, Ende (2010) notes:<br />

‘once I went outside with one of the owners and took him across the street. He had<br />

his shop on one corner and on the other corner there was also a greengrocer. I said<br />

to him, look at your shop and look at the other guy’s shop, why would I go to yours?<br />

He said: ‘shit, it looks exactly the same’.’ Ende refers with this example to the<br />

‘Kanaalstraat’ a street in the Lombok area in Utrecht. After the interview I went to this<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 59<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


street and within an area of 500 meters, I counted eleven greengrocers or other little<br />

shops that besides other products (e.g. meat, nuts, bread) offered vegetables. Ende<br />

(2010) describes the result of this phenomenon; ‘entrepreneur think that when the<br />

neighbour lowers the price of the tomatoes by two cents, I need to lower them by<br />

three, cause that is how it goes and now they default, because you cannot keep on<br />

doing that’. This is recognized by Pater (2010) whom, with his experience from<br />

developing countries points out that; ‘those people create a stiff competition <strong>for</strong> each<br />

other’ and ‘it is not going to be a very profitable business, they will be able to repay<br />

their loan and they will have something left’. To prevent this, Boer (2010) notes; ‘it is<br />

very important that people do not start when it does not make sense’ and ‘I<br />

understand from the MF-points that those people are positively discouraged, after a<br />

couple of conversations’.<br />

Bullens (2010) goes one step further and argues; ‘that you need to have perfectly<br />

clear, what role you want to play in the society’. He argues that the first question a<br />

starting entrepreneur should think about relates to the question; ‘what contribution do<br />

you think you are going to make <strong>for</strong> the society?’ The reasoning behind this is that in<br />

the end all the stakeholders related to the business are part of the society. When a<br />

business makes a clear contribution towards that society all stakeholders; customers,<br />

employees and investors benefit and are automatically satisfied. This makes it easier<br />

to focus the operational activities. Later interviewees supported this view.<br />

Two interviewees mentioned the ‘where question’ as a tool to give direction, to help<br />

the entrepreneur picture his future by setting (small, simple and) SMART 5 <strong>for</strong>mulated<br />

targets. Ende (2010) states; ‘if you do not know where you are going you will<br />

probably end up somewhere else’.<br />

5.2.2. Social<br />

All respondents acknowledge the importance of the social aspect (see appendix E).<br />

Hofman (2010) states; ‘otherwise you would not have microfinance but you will just<br />

be a bank’. In line with this statement Stulen, from Qredits, notes; ‘the complete<br />

picture is being analyzed, the financial plan, the business plan, the entrepreneur but<br />

not so much at the ratios. In that sense we are not like a bank’.<br />

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!<br />

5 Specific Measurable Attainable Relevant and Time-bound<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 60<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


However, when a crude distinction is made, there seems to be a difference between<br />

the way interviewees colour this aspect. The group that is involved with microfinance<br />

from the perspective that a loan is provided seems to have a strong focus on the<br />

creation of jobs. The other group, under command of Bullens (2010), more explicitly<br />

puts the emphasis on the social aspect. In line with his previous statements<br />

(paragraph 5.2.1) Bullens (2010) states; ‘a business should only be created and<br />

supported when it clearly and explicitly has an economic, social or ecological<br />

objective’.<br />

All respondents agree that also social objectives need to be measurable. Bullens<br />

(2010); ‘also social objectives need to be able to be measured otherwise they are not<br />

good’ and Pater (2010); ‘<strong>for</strong> example, they want to improve the living conditions of<br />

their costumers. How do we create insight, and how can we check whether that is<br />

really happening? In first instance that is really about the measurement, how do you<br />

make sure you measure something so that you know how well you are doing?’<br />

5.2.3. Financial<br />

This aspect is one of the most discussed categories (see table 5.1). In line with the<br />

previous category the same crude division seems to apply. The interviewees that<br />

look at the aspect from the perspective that there is a loan involved find the financials<br />

one of the most important aspects. The other interviewees are strongly in favour of<br />

not making this aspect predominantly important and argue that the financials should<br />

not be a dominant dimension of the model, but should solely have a facilitating or<br />

serving role towards the other aspects (see appendix F).<br />

Two aspects that were indicated by the majority of the interviewees as important are<br />

liquidity and investors. Liquidity is identified as an important management tool and<br />

essential <strong>for</strong> every business regardless of the size. Ende (2010); ‘in general<br />

companies that are started up and do not need a lot of capital, which is the case <strong>for</strong><br />

most service related start ups, with one computer you can do a lot. It is important to<br />

have a look at your liquidity; where will you need some additional funding or income?<br />

I think that is the most important management tool’. The investor is identified as an<br />

important stakeholder and somebody to keep satisfied, not from the perspective to<br />

maximize the return on investment, but in order to secure access to capital.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 61<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


A final aspect that is exceedingly important in developing countries is the financial<br />

education; the main goal is to prevent over-indebt-ness. This is a hot topic after the<br />

first microfinance bubble has busted in Nicaragua because too many people had<br />

taken on too much debt and where unable to repay causing the MFIs to default<br />

(Pater, 2010). In the Netherlands this is not yet an issue, but another aspect of<br />

financial education that is relevant in the Netherlands is, explaining entrepreneurs<br />

about the financial administration. The interviewees expressed their concerns about<br />

the knowledge the average starting entrepreneur has about accounting.<br />

5.2.4. Sustainability Entrepreneur<br />

Three different aspects have been identified that influence the sustainability of a<br />

starting entrepreneur (see appendix G).<br />

First of all, personal factors play a role. Pater (2010) described how business loans<br />

are used <strong>for</strong> personal consumptive investments in developing countries; ‘that loan is<br />

not always used to start up a business, you can also get a loan and use is <strong>for</strong> a flat<br />

screen television to put it oddly, but it happens, maybe not a flat screen television but<br />

the marriage of the daughter’. Within the Netherlands similar actions occur due to<br />

demanding partners or other relatives that command a share of the return <strong>for</strong><br />

consumptive means as described by Boer (2010); ‘entrepreneurs who started up<br />

their business and have a wife that will say; 'o, now you are an entrepreneur, so I can<br />

start driving an BMW'.’ and later ‘people from other cultures who have become an<br />

entrepreneur, will have family that will say; 'well, you are a success now, so you can<br />

start taking care of us’. The signs that I receive now, is that people also need<br />

coaching about how they should get their family of their back. Apparently that is<br />

particularly common in the Surinamese society’.<br />

The second aspect related to the sustainability of an entrepreneur is that in the<br />

modern world overhead cost can be very low. Due to the modern technology such as<br />

Internet and other virtual networks it is not necessary to sustain an expensive<br />

network or other <strong>for</strong>ms of infrastructure. Especially a service oriented small business<br />

can be started up without any major investments.<br />

The third aspect that is mentioned by the majority of the respondents is growth. It is<br />

identified as an indicator <strong>for</strong> the demand of the customers. Some argue that it is a<br />

determinant of the success of microfinance as a whole and arguments have been<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 62<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


proposed to focus on those entrepreneurs with sufficient growth potential to ensure<br />

continuity and growth in the labour market. Not necessarily already at the start but<br />

after a couple of years the majority of the respondents believe the business should<br />

be able to show some growth.<br />

5.2.5. Customer and Market research<br />

This combined category is one of the most discussed categories (see table 5.1) and<br />

can be divided in six sub categories that are all mentioned by the majority of the<br />

interviewees and stand in relation to each other. These sub categories are; demand,<br />

market research, satisfaction; marketing, competition and differentiation (see<br />

appendix H). Three sub-categories are discussed below.<br />

All interviewees identified market research or determining the demand of a product<br />

as important. The interviewees strongly agree on the importance of these aspects<br />

and express concerns that this is something underestimated by starting<br />

entrepreneurs and often not carried out seriously. Stulen (2010) indicates this as the<br />

most important aspect and notes; ‘the entrepreneur really needs to show that he has<br />

thought his plan through. He needs to know what his customers want. Show that he<br />

has done market research’.<br />

Acknowledged is that determining the exact demand of a product can be difficult, the<br />

respondents propose many different types of market research that can assist in<br />

developing an estimation of the actual demand within a curtain area. Depending on<br />

the product or service and location of the business the following widespread types of<br />

market research are proposed <strong>for</strong> MSE:<br />

• Internet;<br />

• Ask people on the street;<br />

• Conduct questionnaires (online or on the streets);<br />

• Create interaction through plat<strong>for</strong>ms or <strong>for</strong>ums;<br />

• Go to peer groups;<br />

• Mail people;<br />

• Visit companies.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 63<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


For the model Stefano (2010) proposes to; ‘work with numbers, you can say; 'you<br />

need at least 100 or 200 people that you have asked detailed questions in whatever<br />

way, by questionnaires or interviews’, that way you can make it quantitative’. In<br />

extension to this proposition Ende (2010) said; ‘build into the model an evaluation<br />

moment <strong>for</strong> entrepreneurs to review whether they still offer what the customers<br />

demand’ and ‘continuing market research would improve the survival rate of the<br />

small entrepreneurs’.<br />

In relation with the earlier indentified copying behaviour, interviewees mentioned that<br />

considerable amounts of starting entrepreneurs are afraid of competition.<br />

5.2.6. Internal Business Processes<br />

This is one of the categories that were scarcely mentioned (see table 5.1 and<br />

appendix I). The only aspect discussed here, is that the interviewees mentioned that<br />

although it is a micro-organization there are several sub-roles to be fulfilled. Ende<br />

(2010); ‘that is something starting entrepreneurs do not realize. I always ask; 'do you<br />

have a marketing department, a purchase department, a (traveling) sales <strong>for</strong>ce,<br />

inside staff?’ They will reply; ‘no I am just by myself’’ and ‘a lot of people realize that<br />

they are to late with their acquisition. The acquisition should be an ongoing process.<br />

Often when people have a new job or order they stop with the acquisition’. Lange<br />

(2010) agrees and states; ‘do not be too cocky and think you can do it yourself’.<br />

5.2.7. Organizational, Personal Development<br />

In relation to the previous category Hofman (2010) states; ‘For a start up company,<br />

things like IT and Management Teams are not at all important, since it is usually one<br />

man starting up the company. It is a shop, maybe with Internet, more important are<br />

the capabilities of the founder, the one person starting up the business’. All<br />

respondents identified the capabilities of the founder as important. A distinction can<br />

be made between professional capabilities and personal characteristics or traits (see<br />

appendix J).<br />

For the professional capabilities the respondents mentioned; the business sense,<br />

business skills, education, experience and competencies of the entrepreneur. Stulen<br />

(2010) said; ‘the entrepreneur needs to convince us about his abilities and the plan<br />

he is presenting and how he is going to make it’.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 64<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


The personal characteristics, the traits are compared with the traits of a ‘real’<br />

entrepreneur. Boer (2010) notes; ‘in general, it is important that someone remains<br />

flexible no matter what happens and keeps seeing opportunities, real entrepreneurs<br />

do that’ and ‘how do you cope with failures? If that makes you depressive than you<br />

should not do it. Those are psychosocial factors’. In extension Stefano (2010)<br />

mentions; ‘real entrepreneurs always see chances, opportunities, always keep<br />

thinking in chances. Not that you give up after one disappointment. They will find that<br />

a pity, an inconvenient, but they are able to get over that very quickly’.<br />

5.2.8. Learning, Growth and Employee<br />

This category was only mentioned sixteen times. Three different respondents<br />

mentioned it from three different perspectives (see appendix K). Because none of the<br />

perspectives has been supported or mentioned by other respondents, the<br />

perspectives are not reliable enough to include in the model.<br />

5.2.9. Network and Business Development Services<br />

These strongly related categories are identified as important aspects <strong>for</strong> starting<br />

entrepreneurs. Some interviewees argue that part of the potential success can be<br />

measured from these aspects (see appendix L and M). A distinction is made between<br />

private and professional networks. Another type of network that can be used is a<br />

social networking site. For these sites the same distinction can be made between<br />

professional and private.<br />

The respondents agree that although a private network appears to be<br />

straight<strong>for</strong>ward, it is not always used to its full potential by the starting entrepreneur.<br />

This also counts <strong>for</strong> the professional networks, which can have many different <strong>for</strong>ms<br />

and sizes. Some examples that have been mentioned by the respondents are; the<br />

contacts of the private network as well as their contacts, fellow starting entrepreneurs<br />

both from related and unrelated industries possibly through BDS programs, create an<br />

advisory board or brainstorm group, develop a good relation with customers, become<br />

a member of relevant groups on social networking sites, visit related social<br />

gatherings and call people. The respondents generally agreed that the assertiveness<br />

of a starting entrepreneur plays a vital role in developing his professional network<br />

and that stimulating this will increase the survival rate of start up enterprises. Lange<br />

(2010) refers to his own experience and mentions; ‘just call people and say; 'you<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 65<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


know a lot about this topic', often we knew them personally or through other people<br />

or those people would refer us again to other people. That made it possible to go<br />

extremely quickly during the first six months. Not because we thought we could do it<br />

ourselves, even though we have a big part of the background, but by focusing on<br />

experts, people that are top of the bill. It might be difficult if you do not have a big<br />

network at first instance, but talk to a lot of people and just cheeky call them’. Another<br />

advantage of a network is indicated by Ende (2010); ‘that would enable them to pass<br />

on work if they were too busy, but also get work when they did not have so much and<br />

collaborate with other people to take on bigger tasks together, create a network<br />

instead of only keep on working by yourself’.<br />

5.2.10. General BSC model<br />

This category contains a variety of in<strong>for</strong>mation. Numerous comments about the new<br />

to be developed BSC have been made. The comments can be divided as follows;<br />

usefulness, make it visual, helps think through and two respondents describe a<br />

similar system from which lessons can be learned (see appendix N).<br />

In general all respondents think the model will be an <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> <strong>for</strong> starting<br />

entrepreneurs. Only Pater (2010) expressed his concern about the ability of a single-<br />

starting entrepreneur to generate the necessary input on which the model drives<br />

when analyzing the progress of the business.<br />

In a similar vein, Ende (2010) argues that tools <strong>for</strong> starting entrepreneurs need to be<br />

simple, easy to use and make things visible. In general the respondents believe the<br />

model will be able to make the different elements that are necessary <strong>for</strong> a business<br />

visible and there<strong>for</strong>e be worthwhile <strong>for</strong> a starting entrepreneur to use and that it will<br />

enable, ‘<strong>for</strong>ce’ an entrepreneur to critically think about the business he is starting up.<br />

5.2.11. Relation and Link<br />

This category focuses on the relation between the identified aspects and serves to<br />

identify any imbalances that the respondents pointed out during the interviews. Some<br />

interviewees found it difficult to indicate the exact relation between the aspects. A<br />

distinction has been made between aspects that are equally related, aspects that are<br />

less related and aspects that are strongly related (see appendix O).<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 66<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


In line with the earlier crude distinction made between two groups of respondents,<br />

the same distinction seems to apply <strong>for</strong> this category. One group is in favour of<br />

making the financial aspect a separate dimension and to give this dimension a<br />

serving role towards the remaining dominant perspectives. Although the financial<br />

aspect should not be the main target of the business, the investor is still a<br />

stakeholder to keep satisfied. The other group, on the contrary, considers the social<br />

aspects to be a separate dimension. Separate from the relationship the entrepreneur,<br />

his business and the demand of the product have in order to generate sufficient<br />

financial return.<br />

Both groups confirm the relation between those remaining aspects, the entrepreneur,<br />

the business and the demand of the product. The difference is that one group argues<br />

that the focus should be on those aspects to make sure that the entrepreneur will<br />

have sufficient financial return. The other group argues that the focus should be on<br />

the contribution towards the society including the related stakeholders; customers,<br />

‘employees’, the society and the investors to make sure everybody is satisfied and<br />

when that is ensured that the financial return will follow automatically.<br />

5.2.12. Most Important<br />

In line with the previous paragraph there are different views on what is the most<br />

important. All the previous discussed categories are mentioned by different<br />

respondents as important; financial, social, demand, personal, satisfaction, reason to<br />

start and network (see appendix P).<br />

5.2.13. Measurement and Indicators<br />

In a similar vein as the previously held discussion at the financial aspect,<br />

respondents suggested not to explicitly focus on, and only measure the financial<br />

return but instead ensure that all-important stakeholders are satisfied.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 67<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


5.3 Summary<br />

Based on the empirical findings, tables 5.2 – 5.5 present the answers to the following<br />

four sub-questions (the X indicates the elements that are included in the new model):<br />

• How can the BSC improve the sustainability of starting entrepreneurs<br />

supported by pre-loan BDS?<br />

• How does the BSC need to be adjusted to be suited <strong>for</strong> the needs of these<br />

starting entrepreneurs?<br />

• What dimensions of the BSC are relevant <strong>for</strong> the starting entrepreneurs?<br />

• How do the dimensions relate to each other in an optimal BSC?<br />

Sub Question Proposition Concrete Result<br />

How can the<br />

BSC<br />

improve the<br />

sustainability<br />

of<br />

starting<br />

entrepreneurs<br />

supported<br />

by pre-loan<br />

BDS?<br />

!<br />

Make clear what<br />

needs to be done<br />

to start and run a<br />

business<br />

Clearly show how<br />

dimensions relate<br />

to each other<br />

Focus on<br />

appropriate<br />

dimensions<br />

Easy, visual and<br />

simple to use<br />

model<br />

See next subquestions<br />

Enables them to think their<br />

plans through<br />

Increase the survival rate X<br />

Discourages people that do<br />

not start <strong>for</strong> the right reasons X<br />

Increase the sustainability of<br />

the enterprise<br />

Sub Question Proposition Concrete Result<br />

How does the<br />

BSC need to<br />

be adjusted<br />

to suite the<br />

needs of<br />

starting<br />

entrepreneurs?<br />

!<br />

!<br />

!<br />

Table 5.2: How can the BSC improve the sustainability of starting entrepreneurs? (Author)!<br />

Easy, visual<br />

and simple<br />

to use<br />

model<br />

Focus on<br />

appropriate<br />

dimensions<br />

Clearly show where<br />

the entrepreneur<br />

needs to focus on<br />

Enables the entrepreneur to<br />

ensure the appropriate balanced<br />

between all dimensions and<br />

increase the sustainability<br />

See next sub-question Increase the sustainability of the<br />

enterprise X<br />

Table 5.3: How does the BSC need to be adjusted? (Author)!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 68<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

X<br />

X<br />

X


Question<br />

What<br />

dimensions<br />

of<br />

the BSC<br />

are<br />

relevant<br />

<strong>for</strong> the<br />

starting<br />

entrepreneurs?<br />

!<br />

!<br />

Proposition Concrete Result<br />

Reason,<br />

drive and<br />

contribution<br />

Social<br />

Financial<br />

SustainabilityEntrepreneur<br />

Customer,<br />

Market<br />

Research<br />

Internal<br />

Business<br />

Processes<br />

Personal<br />

Development<br />

Why Question; reason<br />

to start the business<br />

Where Question; clear<br />

targets<br />

What Question; contribution<br />

towards society<br />

Make sure entrepreneurs start <strong>for</strong><br />

the right reasons<br />

Focussed operations activities X<br />

Able to satisfy all related<br />

stakeholders<br />

Employment Job Creation X<br />

Measurable Reachable Targets X<br />

Not dominant Serving role to other dimensions X<br />

Liquidity Sufficient capital at all times X<br />

Satisfy Investors Secure access to capital X<br />

Education<br />

Proper administration<br />

How to deal with family and<br />

Personal factors prevent over-indebt-ness<br />

Low (initial) investment Not much capital is needed<br />

Growth<br />

Prevent copying<br />

behaviour Continuing Market<br />

Research<br />

What roles need to be<br />

fulfilled?<br />

Professional<br />

(capacities; education,<br />

experience, skills, etc.)<br />

Personal (traits, ‘real’<br />

entrepreneur; driven,<br />

optimistic, etc?)<br />

Secure sustainability; focus on the<br />

niche.<br />

Determine demand X<br />

Adjust to needs of customers X<br />

Improve product X<br />

Increase satisfaction<br />

Inside in what the entrepreneur can<br />

X<br />

do himself and <strong>for</strong> what he will<br />

need assistance, trough his<br />

networks or BDS?<br />

X<br />

Learning<br />

by doing<br />

Expanding private and<br />

professional network<br />

Do not start if you cannot handle<br />

disappointments, stress, etc.<br />

Sub Question Proposition Concrete Result<br />

How do the<br />

dimensions<br />

relate to<br />

each other<br />

in an<br />

optimal<br />

BSC?<br />

!<br />

!<br />

Table 5.4: What dimensions are relevant <strong>for</strong> starting entrepreneurs? (Author)!<br />

Focus on<br />

satisfying all<br />

related<br />

stakeholders<br />

All stakeholders<br />

are equally<br />

important<br />

Customer Buys products and allows X<br />

Society<br />

you to run your business X<br />

Entrepreneur Personal satisfaction X<br />

Investors Provides capital X<br />

If any of the stakeholders<br />

is unsatisfied it could be<br />

the end of the business<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> enterprise<br />

Table 5.5: How do the dimensions relate to each other in an optimal BSC? (Author)!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 69<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

X<br />

X<br />

X<br />

X


6. Discussion<br />

6.1 Introduction<br />

This study explored the role the BSC can play in the Dutch microfinance sector. The<br />

focus of this study was towards the starting entrepreneurs that seek counselling at<br />

the MF-points (<strong>for</strong> pre-loan BDS). I have found support <strong>for</strong> the idea that the BSC can<br />

make a contribution towards the sustainability of the microfinance sector, by<br />

improving the survival rate of starting entrepreneurs. Certain empirical findings arose<br />

as conflicting, other as interesting, when compared to literature concerning<br />

microfinance and the BSC; these will be discussed in the following chapter.<br />

6.2 A <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs<br />

The previous chapter ended with a summary of all the empirical findings (see table<br />

5.2). Table 5.2 also already indicated which elements have been included in the new<br />

model. The new model is presented by figure 6.1.<br />

Figure 6.1: ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs (Author)<br />

!<br />

6.2.1. General ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard Model<br />

Figure 6.1 shows that the model has four dimensions, which represent the four<br />

identified stakeholders important <strong>for</strong> MSE. The shape of the model is inspired by the<br />

Social Enterprise Scorecard (Meadows and Pike, 2009, p. 136). The model clearly<br />

indicates that each stakeholder is equally important and the aim is to keep each<br />

stakeholder optimally satisfied. The model indicates that the business is as<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 70<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


successful as the weakest dimension and there<strong>for</strong>e clearly indicates the dimension<br />

the entrepreneur needs to focus on. Finally the model clearly illustrates how all<br />

dimension are linked, something the BSC is often criticized <strong>for</strong> by theory (Nørreklit,<br />

2000; Kunc, 2008).<br />

For each stakeholder a separate matrix will be developed where measurable targets<br />

and objective are set. The matrix will be similar to the BSC matrix of the MFC (2007)<br />

(see figure B-1 at appendix B). Developing SMART objectives with appropriate lead<br />

and lag indicators will be a crucial step and the proposition is that this is done during<br />

sessions with the business advisor of the MF-point. When a target is reached the<br />

square in the model grows to the next level. Accordingly each aspect of the model<br />

will be discussed and linked with findings from the literature review.<br />

6.2.2. Social<br />

Based on the work of Meadows and Pike (2009) this aspect was identified as an<br />

important element. This has been supported by empirical evidence. The suggestion<br />

was made that each business, regardless of size, should have a clear economic,<br />

social, or ecological objective. When a business makes a clear contribution towards<br />

the society it secures its ‘licence to operate’, something the business depends on<br />

from the society. Taking a holistic view, each separate stakeholder is part of the<br />

society, when the business satisfies the society all the separate stakeholders are<br />

implicitly satisfied as well. This makes it easier to focus the operational activities.<br />

6.2.3. Financial<br />

Since the time of Friedman, business models have had a strong focus on the<br />

financial aspect and on maximizing shareholders return. The traditional BSC (from<br />

Kaplan and Norton) is no exception. Empirical evidence indicates that times are<br />

chancing and different, more appropriate PMS are needed. However contested<br />

empirical evidence suggests releasing the financial aspect from its predominantly<br />

important role and moving it towards a facilitating, more serving role towards the<br />

other dimensions. Sufficient capital is of crucial importance, there<strong>for</strong>e satisfying<br />

investors and liquidity are of major importance, but the financial return should not be<br />

a mean of itself.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 71<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


6.2.4. Sustainability Entrepreneur<br />

Theory suggested that small businesses are a critical component of the global<br />

economy. Policy makers generally believe that small businesses play a crucial role in<br />

reducing unemployment and generating economic growth (Council <strong>for</strong> microfinance,<br />

2007; Lämmermann et al., 2007; Molenaar, 2009). This view has been contested by<br />

other theory, since the typical start up is not innovative, creates few jobs and<br />

generates little wealth, rather they are founding wage-substitution business that have<br />

more in common with self-employment than with the creation of high quality, high<br />

growth companies (Shane, 2009). Empirical evidence supports this last view and<br />

mentioned the phenomenon ‘copying behaviour’, which creates a stiff competition,<br />

few jobs and high failure rates. Theory indicated managerial inadequacy, unfamiliarity<br />

with established business practices, integration of strategic and operational<br />

management processes, lack of managerial experience, inadequate planning and<br />

poor financial control and record-keeping as causes of high failure rates within the<br />

first three to five years (Gaskill et al., 1993; Pickle and Abrahamson, 1990; Meredith,<br />

1989).<br />

Theory suggested that government officials, although not able to ‘pick winners’, can<br />

identify start-ups with a low probability of generating jobs and enhancing economic<br />

growth. By eliminating incentives to create these low probability companies, policy<br />

makers can improve the average per<strong>for</strong>mance of new businesses (Shane, 2009).<br />

Empirical evidence supports this suggestion. The new model will enable government<br />

officials and starting entrepreneurs to indentify the potential growth.<br />

6.2.5. Customer and Market research<br />

The customer perspective plays an important role in all traditional BSC models<br />

(Kaplan and Norton, 1996a; Lynch and Cross, 1991), by indentified recent models it<br />

has only been replaced once (Meadows and Pike, 2009). For all other model of the<br />

BSC beyond the private sector the customer perspectives plays an important role<br />

(MFC, 2007; Gomes and Liddle, 2009; McNair and Watts, 2009; Watts et al., 2009b).<br />

Empirical evidence strongly confirms this importance and confirms that the market<br />

research needs to be a continuing process in order to identify trends and changes in<br />

the needs of customers, allowing an entrepreneur to adjust his product or service<br />

towards these needs and secure demand. The theory identified, this flexibility and<br />

ability to proactively shift operations and focus to meet changing customers<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 72<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


equirements as one of the key competitive advantages <strong>for</strong> many small businesses<br />

(Davig et al., 2004; Knight and Knight, 1993).<br />

6.2.6. Internal Business Processes<br />

Literature <strong>for</strong>mulated three related aspects (Watts and Preda, 2004; Orser et al.,<br />

2000; Meredith, 1989). The first aspects related to resource issues; smaller firms rely<br />

on a few individuals to carry out the various management tasks necessitating the<br />

owner-manager to acquire many diverse skills to operate the enterprise successfully,<br />

resource poverty generally restricts this acquisition. The second point made was that<br />

structures of small businesses are generally flat, with fast in<strong>for</strong>mation flows allowing<br />

a fast decision making process. The third point, strongly related to the second was<br />

that a dominant role is played by the starting entrepreneur; recognizing that he is<br />

fundamental <strong>for</strong> the small firm, since their innovative qualities and philosophies often<br />

shape its nature and they also create and influence the management style. In many<br />

instances they are the business! Empirical evidence supported this view and<br />

suggested to put more emphasis on the potential of the network every person has or<br />

assertively can create and extend.<br />

6.2.7. Organizational, Personal Development<br />

Since the entrepreneur is the business, the traditional dimension; internal business<br />

processes, is not included in the model. The proposition is that when the business<br />

advisor of the MF-point, together with the starting entrepreneur, adjust this model to<br />

the specific needs of the business, that one of the first steps is to identify what tasks<br />

need to be carried-out. When these tasks are place in the entrepreneurial dimension,<br />

the next step is to realistically, concerning time, skills, experience and education,<br />

identify which tasks can be carried-out by the starting entrepreneur (and his network)<br />

and more importantly, <strong>for</strong> which tasks he will need to seek assistance.<br />

Theory suggested placing extra emphasis on the planning and acquisition, to prevent<br />

operating in ‘fire-fighting’ mode (Shrader et al., 1989). This has been supported by<br />

empirical evidence. It was noted that (in particular, <strong>for</strong> ZZP-ers) the acquisition<br />

should be a continuing process in order to prevent having to search <strong>for</strong> a new order<br />

or contract after one is finished.<br />

6.2.8. Learning, Growth and Employee<br />

See paragraph 6.2.6 and 6.2.7<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 73<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


6.2.9. Network & Business Development Support<br />

See paragraph 6.2.6 and 6.2.7<br />

6.2.10. Reason, Drive and Contribution<br />

Empirical findings identified three questions as the starting point of the entrepreneur.<br />

The ‘what’ question has been incorporated in the social dimension (see 6.2.2). For<br />

the ‘why’ question, the proposition is that it should primarily be addressed by the<br />

business advisor and secondly be incorporated in the entrepreneurial dimension. For<br />

the ‘where’ question theory states that; in the business sense, per<strong>for</strong>mance refers to<br />

the accomplishment of the business’ strategies (actions) in order to achieve the<br />

objectives (obligations) established. The objective may be a targeted level of<br />

profitability (key to survival) or an above average or improved return on investment<br />

(required <strong>for</strong> growth). Per<strong>for</strong>mance measurements quantify action in terms of their<br />

efficiencies and effectiveness, which represent the degree to which the obligations of<br />

the firm are fulfilled (Neely et al., 1995). As with many business models since<br />

Friedman, the emphasis is placed here on the financial aspect. Empirical findings<br />

suggest not to determine the per<strong>for</strong>mance of a business based on its financial return,<br />

but to focus on aspects such as satisfaction and measure relevant returns. The best<br />

way to illustrate these points is by quoting Bullens (2010);<br />

‘Why do we make the financial perspective so dominant? Say you are a<br />

customer at Albert Heijn and you need to pay twice as much <strong>for</strong> your product,<br />

but you are still satisfied. Does Albert Heijn have a problem then?’<br />

‘Why is that financial perspective then so important? I'll give you the<br />

answer. Everybody thinks it is important, because the paradigm we have<br />

created, the financial model dominants <strong>for</strong> the perception whether we should<br />

be satisfied. At the FNV federation, they think that when they arrange a salary<br />

increase <strong>for</strong> the people, members of the FNV, that they will be satisfied. That<br />

is their stand while negotiating. Same <strong>for</strong> interest <strong>for</strong> shareholders,<br />

companies argue that when shareholders have a higher return they will be<br />

satisfied. That is the dominant thinking. Why not ask are you satisfied? We<br />

developed those financial models when they were needed. By that time we did<br />

not have enough calculation capacity. But do we still need it?’<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 74<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


‘Everything is setup to reach the best profitability and we have very bad<br />

measurement systems to check that. One liter of oil, does that represent a cost<br />

or a benefit?’<br />

‘In my opinion the financial dimension should only be serving the other<br />

perspectives. I understand that it is very difficult, but you should do the output<br />

measurement in bags of potatoes or something similar. It is completely<br />

irrelevant if I have made !100.000, -‘<br />

6.2.11. Relation and Link<br />

See paragraph 6.2.1.<br />

6.2.12. Most Important<br />

See paragraph 6.2.1<br />

6.2.13. Measurement and Indicators<br />

Coming back to model and the ‘where’ question, the proposition is to focus on<br />

satisfaction. The goals and objectives have to be set by the entrepreneur during the<br />

sessions with the business advisor, since this is one of the most critical elements of<br />

the BSC and to ensure that they will be measureable. Targets can be very simple<br />

and small, <strong>for</strong> example <strong>for</strong> the entrepreneur dimension, the target can be to be able<br />

to eat, maintain the family and pay the rent or mortgage of the house (see figure 6.2).<br />

Figure 6.2: ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs (Author)<br />

!<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 75<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


The discussion is ended with a final quote, from Boer (2010);<br />

‘Research shows that entrepreneurs are happier than people that do not<br />

do that, as long as they have an annual turnover of around !22.000. That<br />

is just above social welfare level, it is not ridiculously high. Below that, it<br />

really depends on whether the partner makes any money’.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 76<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


7. Conclusion, Recommendations and Limitations<br />

7.1 Introduction<br />

First an answer to the research question is provided. Subsequently the theoretical<br />

contributions and practical implications are discussed. Followed by a research<br />

reflection where advantages and limitations are described. Finally suggestions <strong>for</strong><br />

further research are presented.<br />

7.2 Concluding Remarks<br />

The purpose of this study is making a contribution towards the existing literature and<br />

meanwhile enhancing the sustainability of the Dutch microfinance sector by adjusting<br />

(<strong>for</strong>eign) per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement systems to the specific needs of an important<br />

player in the field.<br />

The <strong>for</strong>mulated research question is; ‘how can the Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement<br />

Systems (PMS) used (by <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions) in both developing and<br />

industrialized countries be used to provided the best <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> <strong>for</strong> the<br />

microfinance sector in the Netherlands?<br />

7.2.1 From the Literature Review<br />

Based on the literature, the following conclusions were drawn:<br />

• This study has the most <strong>added</strong> <strong>value</strong> when focussing on the pre-loan Business<br />

Development Services (BDS) in the Netherlands. This conclusion is threefold:<br />

o BDS are of major importance <strong>for</strong> the survival rate of starting<br />

entrepreneurs. Improving this survival rate will have a significant<br />

contribution towards the sustainability of the complete sector;<br />

o At the time of research no specific PMS has been found that is being<br />

used or provided by pre-loan BDS to start up micro and small<br />

entrepreneurs;<br />

o The relative late introduction of microfinance in the Netherlands enabled<br />

the single (major) microcredit supplier, Qredits, to learn from <strong>for</strong>eign<br />

experiences and develop a PMS that incorporates many of the<br />

advantages a <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard (BSC) related PMS could generate;<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 77<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


• Since the development of microfinance in Europe, BDS have been regarded<br />

as an essential factor <strong>for</strong> the successful realization of a microloan. This stands<br />

in contrast to microfinance in developing countries, where credits are more<br />

often delivered without additional business support.<br />

• BDS are expensive and rely heavily on government subsidies, there<strong>for</strong>e<br />

government officials need to limit BDS to starting entrepreneurs with sufficient<br />

growth potential;<br />

• MFI cope with a double bottom line, there<strong>for</strong>e they are in pursuit of a PMS that<br />

allows them to measure both financial and non-financial results. A PMS that is<br />

invented to deal with financial and non-financial measures is the BSC.<br />

7.2.2 From the Empirical Findings<br />

Based on the empirical findings, sixteen different categories emerged. After<br />

analyzing the empirical findings and comparing them with the theory, the following<br />

major conclusions can be drawn:<br />

• Starting point; potential entrepreneurs need to ask themselves three<br />

questions be<strong>for</strong>e starting up a business:<br />

o Why do I start this business?<br />

! To discourage those that start <strong>for</strong> the wrong reasons<br />

o Where do I want to be in ‘three’ years?<br />

! In order to develop appropriate and measurable targets<br />

o What contribution do I make towards the society?<br />

! In order to ensure satisfying all related stakeholders and<br />

focussing the operational activities;<br />

• Social; taking a holistic view, each separate stakeholder is part of the society.<br />

When the business satisfies the society, by explicitly making an economic,<br />

social or ecological contribution, all the separate stakeholders are implicitly<br />

satisfied as well. This makes it easier to focus the operational activities;<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 78<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


• Financial; since the time of Friedman, business models have had a strong<br />

focus on the financial aspect and on maximizing shareholders return.<br />

Empirical evidence suggests releasing the financial aspect from its<br />

predominantly important role and moving it towards a facilitating, more serving<br />

role towards the other dimensions;<br />

• Investor; financial return should not be a means of itself but, sufficient capital<br />

is of crucial importance. There<strong>for</strong>e, in order to secure access to capital,<br />

satisfying investors is of major importance;<br />

• Sustainability Entrepreneur; typical start up businesses have high failure<br />

rates within the first three to five years. This is caused by the following<br />

reasons:<br />

o Copying behaviour; the typical start up is not innovative, creates few<br />

jobs and generates little wealth;<br />

o Managerial inadequacy; unfamiliarity with established business<br />

practices, integration of strategic and operational management<br />

processes, lack of managerial experience, inadequate planning and<br />

poor financial control and record-keeping;<br />

• There<strong>for</strong>e government officials should eliminate incentives to create low<br />

probability companies and focus on start up companies with a lot of (growth)<br />

potential.<br />

• Customer and Market research; market research needs to be a continuing<br />

process in order to identify trends and changes in the needs of customers,<br />

allowing an entrepreneur to adjust his product or service towards these needs<br />

and secure demand. This flexibility and ability to proactively shift operations<br />

and focus to meet changing customers requirements is one of the key<br />

competitive advantages of micro and small entrepreneurs;<br />

• Entrepreneur; the entrepreneur often is the business. It is important to identify<br />

what tasks can be done by the entrepreneur and <strong>for</strong> what tasks he will need to<br />

seek assistance through his private or personal network or BDS.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 79<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


7.2.3 The Model: ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard<br />

In order <strong>for</strong> the model to be useful <strong>for</strong> starting entrepreneurs, the model clearly needs<br />

to indicate:<br />

• That each stakeholder is equally important;<br />

• The dimension(s) the entrepreneur needs to focus on;<br />

• How all dimensions are linked.<br />

The following dimensions are relevant <strong>for</strong> these starting entrepreneurs:<br />

• Society;<br />

• Investor;<br />

• Customer;<br />

• Entrepreneur.<br />

7.3 Theoretical Contribution<br />

Most important, but not limited to the theoretical contribution, is that we need to shift<br />

the thinking model, the perspectives we consider to be important. The majority of the<br />

business models have a strong emphasis on the financial perspective and<br />

maximizing shareholders returns. Times are changing and different more appropriate<br />

PMS need to be developed.<br />

The model as concluded in the previous paragraph is by itself a contribution to the<br />

theory. As far as the scope of this research could reach; no similar model has been<br />

found used by MFIs.<br />

7.4 Practical Implications<br />

The first question addressed to a starting entrepreneur should be; ‘why do you want<br />

to start a business?’ Although difficult, the business advisor really needs to determine<br />

what the real reason <strong>for</strong> the person is to start a business. When the business advisor<br />

has doubt or thinks the person starts <strong>for</strong> the wrong reasons the business advisor<br />

should discourage this person to start up a business.<br />

Policy makers need to realize that microfinance is not the single solution to generate<br />

economic development. The typical start up is not innovative, creates few jobs and<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 80<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


generates little wealth, rather they are founding wage-substitution business that have<br />

more in common with self-employment than with the creation of high quality, high<br />

growth companies (Shane, 2009).<br />

7.5 Research Reflection<br />

This qualitative study has a number of advantages but also includes several<br />

limitations. Advantages are that by conducting a qualitative study the researcher is<br />

giving the opportunity to reflect on the results of the interviews. After 20% of the<br />

interviews were conducted a pattern emerged that the financial perspective should<br />

not be predominantly important and greater emphasis should be put on the society.<br />

This led to the following alterations; questions were asked about what role the<br />

interviewees felt the financial perspective should play and what returns are important.<br />

These questions allowed <strong>for</strong> further insight to be gained on how the interviewees<br />

view these aspects from the role they play within the microfinance sector. The results<br />

showed that a crude distinction could be made between players that are involved<br />

with loans and those that are not.<br />

Another benefit of using a qualitative method <strong>for</strong> this study is the position of the topic.<br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong> is a new phenomenon in the Netherlands that previously has not been<br />

researched from the perspective to develop a PMS <strong>for</strong> starting entrepreneurs. The<br />

interviews did not limit respondents from delivering a diverse set of in<strong>for</strong>mation on the<br />

topic, resulting in new insights being gained and giving this study a purpose. The<br />

interviews allowed individuals to respond how they wanted to, without creating<br />

boundaries in which they needed to remain. This openness also made the<br />

respondents feel that their opinion was very valuable, giving them more confidence in<br />

answering the questions and increasing the <strong>value</strong> of the interviews.<br />

In this study evidence is found that the ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> micro and<br />

small entrepreneurs can make a contribution towards the sustainability of the<br />

microfinance sector. However, these findings may be an exception to the rule; due to<br />

the limited time available <strong>for</strong> the research, the respondents’ sample is limited. The<br />

research was conducted during a busy time <strong>for</strong> most of the respondents, there<strong>for</strong>e<br />

the available time <strong>for</strong> the interview was often limited to one hour.<br />

Another limitation of this study can be found in the validity of the research. Although it<br />

was taken into account throughout the entire study, there are certain limitations that<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 81<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


cannot be controlled by the researcher. First of all, it is difficult to have the full<br />

confidence in criticizing the answers of the respondents as true and if they truly<br />

understand the question. The pilot-interview has been conducted in English, when<br />

the mother tongue of the interviewee and the interviewer were Dutch. This resulted in<br />

certain questions not being fully understood, but more importantly resulted in not<br />

being able to fully word what the interviewee wished to say. This means that the<br />

interviewee may have meant one thing but said another, due to the lack of English.<br />

There<strong>for</strong>e the remaining interviews have been conducted in Dutch.<br />

To increase the understanding upfront explanations and descriptions of the topic<br />

were sent to each respondent be<strong>for</strong>e the interview in order to allow them to get<br />

acquainted with the subject. The reliability was covered in this research because<br />

there was a balance between having eight ‘experts’ from different viewpoints all<br />

interviewed in a similar, familiar setting <strong>for</strong> the interviewee.<br />

In the end, all research, whether theoretical or empirical in nature, retains flaws and<br />

opportunities <strong>for</strong> future improvement. The work was, as is always the case, shaped<br />

by the experiences and the knowledge of the researcher. By definition that means<br />

that some work may have been overlooked, others improperly evaluated or<br />

assessed, and leaving yet other weaknesses and options un-contemplated and<br />

hence unaddressed.<br />

7.6 Future Research<br />

The challenge that remains is to empirically determine whether the ‘Equally’<br />

<strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs is useful <strong>for</strong> these<br />

entrepreneurs. The number of ways that these empirical tests can be per<strong>for</strong>med is<br />

practically limitless. Experiments could be run to see if the ‘Equally’ <strong>Balanced</strong><br />

Scorecard <strong>for</strong> Micro and Small Entrepreneurs metrics improve a decision-maker’s<br />

ability to choose the best action among a set of options. Longitudinal field studies<br />

and action research could be undertaken to determine if the application of the<br />

proposed model and set of metrics would improve planning and per<strong>for</strong>mance in small<br />

businesses. These are just two of many options available <strong>for</strong> future work.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 82<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


List of Appendices<br />

Appendix A: Thesis Proposal<br />

Appendix B: Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement Systems Beyond the Private Sector<br />

Appendix C: Interview Outline<br />

Appendix D: Reason, Drive and Contribution<br />

Appendix E: Social<br />

Appendix F: Financial<br />

Appendix G: Sustainability Entrepreneur<br />

Appendix H: Customer and Market research<br />

Appendix I: Internal Business Processes<br />

Appendix J: Organizational, Personal Development<br />

Appendix K: Learning, Growth and Employee<br />

Appendix L: Network<br />

Appendix M: Business Development Services<br />

Appendix N: General BSC model<br />

Appendix O: Relation and Link<br />

Appendix P: Most Important<br />

Appendix Q: Measurement and Indicators<br />

Appendix R: Sustainability of <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

Appendix S: Qredits<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 83<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix A – Thesis Proposal<br />

According to TiasNimbas’ rules and regulations, the proposal in this appendix is<br />

identical (except <strong>for</strong> the page numbers and font) to the one submitted to TiasNimbas<br />

on the 16 th of June 2010. The actual design followed in this study is explained in<br />

detail in Chapter 4 of the main body of this thesis.<br />

___________________________________________________________________<br />

Thesis Proposal<br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong> stimulating entrepreneurship in the Netherlands<br />

Searching <strong>for</strong> a sustainable model<br />

Student: Elmar Hoogendoorn<br />

Student ID: 200962009<br />

Address: Maliesingel 44 bis<br />

3581 BL, Utrecht<br />

Contact: elmar.hoogendoorn@gmail.com<br />

Mobile: +31 (0) 6 123 7 321 7<br />

University: TiasNimbas Business School<br />

Master of Science: Financial Management<br />

Supervisor: Mr. Michael Bier MBA<br />

Due date: June 16 th 2010<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 84<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Table of contents<br />

Table of contents 85<br />

1. Abstract 86<br />

2. Background 86<br />

3. Aims and objectives 91<br />

4. Research question 92<br />

5. Theoretical and practical relevance 92<br />

6. Methodology / data sources 93<br />

7. Expected outcome and recommendations 95<br />

8. Table of contents 96<br />

References 98<br />

Workprogram 100<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 85<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


1. Abstract<br />

The Thesis Project will focus on the practice of microfinance in the Netherland to<br />

stimulate entrepreneurship. It will create an overview of different microfinance models<br />

currently in practice. It will pay special attention to those models currently sustainable<br />

and independent of external finance. After extensive literature review, a benchmark<br />

will be created to develop a framework <strong>for</strong> a sustainable microfinance model. An<br />

inductive research, by interviews, will be conducted to finalize the framework by<br />

analyzing the views of, journalists, entrepreneurs, professors and other parties<br />

involved. The results, a framework <strong>for</strong> a sustainable model, will be useful <strong>for</strong> all<br />

parties involved in the microfinance process in the Netherlands.<br />

2. Background<br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong> in developing countries<br />

Initially, most developing countries accepted microfinance as an instrument to<br />

combat poverty. Then it was acclaimed as an instrument to boost entrepreneurial<br />

initiatives. Subsequently, microfinance institutions (MFIs) developed comprehensive<br />

programs offering a wider range of products and services to micro-entrepreneurs.<br />

Now, the sector is considered an industry, and legalization and regulatory<br />

frameworks are developed and introduced in support of the sector (Molenaar, 2009).<br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong> in Central and Eastern Europe<br />

According to the European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network (EMN) the state of microfinance in<br />

Central and Eastern Europe (CEE) and the New Independent States (NIS) is much<br />

more developed than in Western Europe (Evers and Jung, 2005). In CEE<br />

microfinance began as an economic development tool after the fall of the Berlin Wall.<br />

Within 5 or 6 years, microfinance institutions in CEE and in the NIS had attracted<br />

more than 1.7m borrowers and 2.3m depositors, with an average client growth rate of<br />

30% per year (European Investment Fund (EIF), 2009).<br />

The <strong>Microfinance</strong> Centre (MFC) (<strong>for</strong> CEE and the NIS) has developed the Strategic<br />

Management Toolkit to help MFIs professionalize their strategic management<br />

processes and improve their double bottom line. The toolkit minimizes the risk of<br />

mission drift <strong>for</strong> those MFIs, which grow fast, trans<strong>for</strong>m themselves into regulated<br />

institutions, and/or compete aggressively with other market players (MFC, 2007).<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 86<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


The success of MFIs in CEE is majorly due to a favorable environment <strong>for</strong><br />

microfinance. They enjoy an appropriate banking regulation with a micro-finance<br />

lending window, a high level of demand and low price sensitivity. Their profitability is<br />

partly due to being able to concentrate on their lending activities. This is different<br />

from most EU based microfinance organizations that have to deliver higher levels of<br />

business support. This is due to a more complex enterprise regulation and<br />

environment and also to the fact that these microfinance organizations focus on<br />

clients starting out of exclusion rather than the established entrepreneurs which is the<br />

typical area of focus <strong>for</strong> MFIs in transition and developing countries (Evers and Jung,<br />

2005).<br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong> in Western Europe<br />

Micro-credit and microfinance in Western Europe are rather new phenomena and<br />

were first put seriously on the agenda in the early nineties. In a relatively short period<br />

both have been embraced fully by politicians at the European Union - and at some<br />

national levels - as a valuable instrument <strong>for</strong> social and economic development<br />

(Molenaar, 2009). There is a spread belief in Europe that microcredit can play an<br />

important role within the Lisbon strategy <strong>for</strong> growth and employment and achieve<br />

social inclusion (Canale, 2010).<br />

For the European Initiative to be effective, coherence between the European and<br />

national policies needs to be sought. In the 2007 Survey of the <strong>Microfinance</strong> sector in<br />

Europe (Jayo et al., 2008) an assessment was also made of the Mission Statements<br />

of the majority of the organizations. These could be classified into the following four<br />

main categories:<br />

• Job creation and entrepreneurship promotion;<br />

• Small and Medium Enterprise (SME) and economic development;<br />

• Financial inclusion;<br />

• Social inclusion and the fight against poverty.<br />

Different models within Western Europe<br />

Due to the different missions of different organizations, different perspectives and<br />

models have been developed. One perspective about microfinance is that it is<br />

sustainable: “Dozen of institutions have proved that financial services <strong>for</strong> poor people<br />

can cover their full cost, through adequate interest spreads, relentless focus on<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 87<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


efficiency, and aggressive en<strong>for</strong>cement of repayment” (Littlefield and Rosenberg,<br />

2004). An opposite perspective is: “MFIs that focus on financial self-sufficiency bear<br />

the burden of proving that they are truly reaching the very poor. If not, then they are<br />

pushing the microfinance industry to abandon its <strong>value</strong>-based roots, and concern <strong>for</strong><br />

the poor, however earnest, can be become simply an excuse to make a buck.”<br />

(Woller, Dun<strong>for</strong>d and Warner, 1999).<br />

Based on different perspectives and missions, different models have been<br />

developed. In a research done by Granger and Lämmerman (2009), two different<br />

successful French organizations, Adie and France Initiative are being compared.<br />

Both organizations have reached considerable results; together they have provided<br />

more than 25,000 loans. They work very efficiently while reflecting different visions,<br />

aims and operating models. Both organizations were set up in similar political and<br />

economic contexts, but they operate upon different models and target a different<br />

clientele.<br />

Public money represents more than 80% of the resources of the two networks; but<br />

while Adie wants to escape this and become independent, and “financially<br />

sustainable”, France Initiative explicitly wants to work with public money, considering<br />

that financing new businesses <strong>for</strong> people in trouble is a public duty.<br />

Beside these very evident and important differences regarding their visions and<br />

operations, both organizations nevertheless also work based on significant<br />

similarities: both rely heavily on the involvement of volunteers regarding their<br />

Business Development Services (BDS) provision and final decision on loan provision<br />

as well as on partnerships of all kinds, thereby keeping operational cost as low as<br />

possible (Granger and Lämmerman, 2009).<br />

Armendáriz (2009), who compares Adie with a Belgian microfinance organization<br />

called Crédal, has done similar research.<br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong> in the Netherlands<br />

In 2007, the Dutch Ministry of Economic Affairs, under the management of State<br />

Secretary Frank Heemskerk, appointed The Board of <strong>Microfinance</strong>. One of the<br />

members of this board is Her Royal Highness Princess Maxima of the Netherlands,<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 88<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


who was a member of the UN advisory committee during the year of microcredit<br />

2005.<br />

Significant groups of potential entrepreneurs (dropouts, re-entrants and recipients of<br />

social security benefits) were unable to get a loan from the conventional banks. For<br />

banks it is difficult to indicate the level of credit risk, because small entrepreneurs do<br />

not speak the financial language and the costs of such small loans are relatively high<br />

(Heemskerk, 2009).<br />

With the help of four big banks (ING Bank, Rabobank, ABN AMRO Bank and Fortis<br />

Bank) the foundation Qredits was erected in October 2008. Supported by the Ministry<br />

of Economic Affairs, the foundation provides loans up to a limit of !35.000,- to<br />

entrepreneurs without social security benefits. Besides financial support, all<br />

entrepreneurs are also linked to a coach that will assist during the difficult period of<br />

starting up a business.<br />

According to a research, conducted in 2006, by 21minuten.nl and the Dutch<br />

Chamber of Commerce, 3.000.000 people think about starting their own business<br />

within five years and 600.000 have concrete plans to do so (see Figure 1). Annually<br />

only 70.000 people actually start their own business. The main reasons <strong>for</strong> this<br />

relatively low number are; lack of assistance, financial barriers and insufficient<br />

knowledge and capacities (Microfinanciering, 2006). The provision of microfinance, in<br />

combination with the assistance of a coach, can take away these barriers.<br />

Future development<br />

The ambition of microfinance in<br />

the Netherlands is stated in an<br />

advisory report conducted by<br />

McKinsey & Company in<br />

November 2009. This report<br />

states that the target should be<br />

to grow by several thousands<br />

credits annually, resulting in a<br />

substantial increase in the<br />

number of starting<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 89<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


entrepreneurs, compared to the current amount of starters. Due to this increase in<br />

scale, microfinance will be able to become self-sufficient and will be able to attract<br />

money from private investors. Until that moment, microfinance will remain financially<br />

depended on the government (Oberman and Roelofsen, 2009).<br />

Important perspectives from research and other literature<br />

First, McKinsey & Company advises the Dutch government that microfinance should<br />

and can become sustainable by providing 5.000 loans annually by 2015. This<br />

increase will allow the foundation Qredits to benefit from economies of scale, which<br />

will make them able to cover their own costs by the interest they receive on loans<br />

(Oberman and Roelofsen, 2009).<br />

Second, many researchers disagree with this perspective. One of the main<br />

arguments is that “Western European microfinance markets are over-crowded with<br />

social support organizations” (Jayo, Rico et al. 2008). Evers and Jung (2007)<br />

summarize this view as follows; “<strong>Microfinance</strong> programmes in Western Europe are<br />

not and possibly will not become profitable, but make economic sense. The average<br />

costs <strong>for</strong> someone supported with a microfinance scheme are often below the cost<br />

<strong>for</strong> one year of support in the traditional social welfare system, where cost thereby<br />

incurred are “lost subsidies”.” Also the EIF (2009) doubts whether sustainability is<br />

possible, to their knowledge there is not a single microlender that has achieved<br />

financial sustainability in Western Europe.<br />

Third, since the conditions are not favorable in Western Europe to become<br />

sustainable, other approaches toward microfinance have been developed. Two<br />

approaches to measuring social <strong>value</strong> seem interesting <strong>for</strong> microfinance<br />

organizations. Social accounting and social return on investment (SROI) are both<br />

used within this sector (Ramsden, 2009).<br />

Fourth, although there is a widespread debate about the critical success factor of<br />

microfinance in developing countries, there seems to be modest agreement about<br />

the positive influence of the group lending practice. Gomez and Santor (2003) found<br />

empirical evidence that group lending lowers borrower default rates more than<br />

individual lending, and that the effect operates through the dual channels of selection<br />

into the peer lending program and, once inside the program, greater group borrower<br />

ef<strong>for</strong>t. Also later research done by Bhole and Ogden (2009) supports this view; “We<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 90<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


show that if, (1) the amount that a successful borrower owes <strong>for</strong> his defaulting partner<br />

is optimally determined, and (2) the penalty is allowed to vary across group<br />

members, then even in the absence of any social sanctions or cross-reporting, (1)<br />

expected borrower welfare is strictly higher with group lending when both group<br />

lending and individual lending are feasible and (2) group lending is feasible <strong>for</strong> a<br />

greater range of opportunity cost of capital. These results are robust to collusion<br />

between borrowers.”<br />

Fifth, knowing that there are sustainable microfinance examples in CEE and<br />

developing countries, it is important to know the difference between those regions<br />

and Western Europe. According to Molenaar (2009), the key characteristics of<br />

microfinance in Western Europe compared to the other regions are; individual loans<br />

rather than group-based lending, higher average loan size (around !11.000), tailored<br />

business and financial support, general <strong>for</strong> a longer period, higher average interest<br />

rate and in addition to interest, most MFIs in the EU area charge loan application<br />

fees, loan processing and interest penalties on top of the interest as a means of<br />

covering operational costs. This is most common where MFIs strive <strong>for</strong> their own self-<br />

sustainability. Granger and Lämmerman (2009) argue that comparing microfinance<br />

development conditions is impossible, because wealth in the countries is different, as<br />

is the concept of involvement of public money in microfinance. Even the concept of<br />

the aims and the concept of entrepreneurship as a model <strong>for</strong> microfinance are<br />

different.<br />

Finally, within Western Europe, some important players like, Adie in France (based<br />

on the Grameen Bank model), are making a short-term objective out of becoming<br />

sustainable (Genet, 2009). Adie <strong>for</strong> example has established six pilot branches called<br />

Adigo branches. A person who would like to take out a loan has to gather three other<br />

persons who each have an individual business project and need a loan. Each person<br />

in the group obtains a loan and needs to show solidarity <strong>for</strong> the loan repayment of<br />

each other member of the group (Granger and Lämmerman, 2009).<br />

3. Aims and objectives<br />

The aim of the Thesis Project is to find out how the Dutch microfinance model (used<br />

to stimulate entrepreneurship) can be made sustainable. This will be done, by<br />

analyzing successful (<strong>for</strong>eign) examples.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 91<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


The Thesis Project has several objectives:<br />

• Create an overview of all relevant literature about microfinance (models);<br />

• Create an overview of all relevant literature about government stimulating<br />

entrepreneurship programs;<br />

• Create an benchmark and compare the current Dutch microfinance model;<br />

• Conduct interviews with important players in the microfinance sector;<br />

• Develop a framework a sustainable microfinance model in the Netherlands.<br />

4. Research question<br />

The main question of the Thesis Project is:<br />

• How can the Dutch microfinance model (used to stimulate<br />

entrepreneurship), be made sustainable, by lessons learned <strong>for</strong>m<br />

successful examples?<br />

The following are examples of sub questions that will be used to answer the main<br />

question:<br />

• What relevant microfinance models are or have been used worldwide to<br />

stimulate entrepreneurship?<br />

• What microfinance model is currently used in the Netherlands?<br />

• How does the current model stimulate entrepreneurship?<br />

• How is this going to change in the future?<br />

• Will it be possible to remain or lower the interest rates?<br />

• How do <strong>for</strong>eign models stimulate entrepreneurship?<br />

• When are models successful?<br />

• Why are some <strong>for</strong>eign models successful?<br />

• What factors are important <strong>for</strong> this success?<br />

• How is it possible to integrate these factors into the Dutch model?<br />

5. Theoretical and practical relevance<br />

Pamela Feleüs from Roosendaal has realized her dream. She was able to start her<br />

own hairdresser’s saloon, thanks to the money from the microcredit office West<br />

Brabant. Conventional banks did not want to help her, and told her to come back next<br />

year. According to Heemskerk is Pamela the hundredth starting entrepreneur that<br />

was helped by this <strong>for</strong>m of ‘soft’ loan. The institute providing the loans, Qredit, has<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 92<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


had around eight hundredth request <strong>for</strong> a loan so far (BN De Stem, 2009).<br />

Although there seems to be no downside to the practice in the paragraph above, the<br />

loans provided, usually have a relatively high interest rate. The reason <strong>for</strong> this is that<br />

the interest has to cover <strong>for</strong> the default risk of the entrepreneurs and because the<br />

costs of providing such a loan are relatively high, compared to the amount of money<br />

actually borrowed.<br />

In order to make the Dutch microfinance model sustainable and the governments<br />

ambition to withdrawal financial support there is a possibility that interest rates will<br />

have to go up in order to cover the costs. This will have huge consequences.<br />

Furthermore the Thesis Project will examine current theories and literature on<br />

microfinance models and will suggest practically based solutions, developed within a<br />

theoretical context.<br />

There<strong>for</strong>e, the Thesis Project will be useful <strong>for</strong> all parties involved in the provisions of<br />

microfinance.<br />

6. Methodology / data sources<br />

The Thesis Project will be written from an interpretive perspective, this allows<br />

indentifying the meaning individuals attach to their responses. Inline, a<br />

phenomenological epistemology is applied with the gathering of qualitative data; this<br />

refers to the way in which humans make sense out of world around us (Saunders,<br />

Lewis and Thornhill, 2009, p. 116). The methodology used <strong>for</strong> the Thesis Project will<br />

be inductive, interviews based on grounded theory.<br />

The research process consists of the following steps; literature review, data collection<br />

and analysis, model building and conclusions<br />

Secondary research<br />

The first step of the research will be an extensive review of all relevant literature<br />

published on the subject of microfinance models. The analysis of the secondary<br />

research will help to develop a general idea about the different microfinance models<br />

in relation to the ambition of making the Dutch model sustainable and to establish a<br />

theoretical background.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 93<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Based on the results from the literature review a benchmark will be created. This<br />

benchmark will be used to understand how the Dutch model currently stimulates<br />

entrepreneurship. In other words, how the model helps entrepreneurs to start up a<br />

(new) business.<br />

Primary research<br />

The ideas gained from the literature review will be used to develop appropriate<br />

interview questions. The interviews will be semi structured. This means that there is a<br />

list of themes and questions. During the interviews the questions and order can be<br />

different from earlier interviews (Saunders et al., 2009, p. 320).<br />

Dutch MFIs will be asked to talk about their experiences and opinions in order to<br />

create a general view of the ideas about a sustainable microfinance model. Be<strong>for</strong>e<br />

conducting the interviews, the questions will be used within a pilot study.<br />

Additionally prominent journalist, professors, starting entrepreneurs, successful<br />

entrepreneurs or other parties involved will be interviewed until theoretical saturation<br />

is reached. Goal is to understand their analysis of the current microfinance model<br />

and their recommendations <strong>for</strong> a more sustainable model.<br />

Grounded theory<br />

The procedures of grounded theory are designed to develop a well-integrated set of<br />

concepts that provide a thorough theoretical explanation of social phenomena under<br />

study. A grounded theory should explain as well as describe (Corbin and Strauss,<br />

1990). According to Corbin and Strauss (1990) the procedures and canons of<br />

grounded theory are as follows:<br />

1. Data Collection and Analysis are Interrelated Processes<br />

2. Concepts Are the Basic Units of Analysis<br />

3. Categories Must Be Developed and Related<br />

4. Sampling in Grounded Theory Proceeds on Theoretical Grounds<br />

5. Analysis Makes Use of Constant Comparisons<br />

6. Patterns and Variations Must Be Accounted For<br />

7. Process Must Be Build Into the Theory<br />

8. Writing Theoretical Memos Is an Integral Part of Doing Grounded Theory<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 94<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


9. Hypotheses About Relationships among Categories Should Be Developed and<br />

Verified as Much as Possible during the Research Process<br />

10. A Grounded Theorist Need Not Work Alone<br />

11. Broader Structural Conditions Must Be Analyzed, However Microscopic the<br />

Research<br />

After each interview an analysis will be made, in order to develop codes (Müller,<br />

2009). When a clear pattern is shown, enough interviews are taken. In order be<br />

significant, these interviews have to cover different financial institutes.<br />

Validity<br />

Validity is used to show whether the findings are really about what they appear to be<br />

about (Saunders et al., 2009, p. 157). For an inductive research it is important to<br />

interview the key employees in different institutes. These individuals are those doing<br />

research about microfinance or receive results on per<strong>for</strong>mance of different MFIs.<br />

Reliability<br />

The reliability concerns with, the consistency of the data collection and analysis<br />

(Saunders et al., 2009, p. 156). A bigger and more divers sample group can help to<br />

increase the reliability. To increase the reliability of the inductive data, the interviews<br />

will be published in the appendix. This gives transparency of the in<strong>for</strong>mation that is<br />

used to draw conclusions. By showing the gathered primary data, the bias of the<br />

research will be reduced and the reliability will there<strong>for</strong>e increase.<br />

7. Expected outcome and recommendations<br />

The outcome of the Thesis Project should be a framework <strong>for</strong> a sustainable<br />

microfinance model, to stimulate entrepreneurship in the Netherlands.<br />

It is proposed that the Thesis Project will recommend further research and pilot test<br />

the framework.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 95<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


8. Table of contents<br />

Preface<br />

List of Tables<br />

List of Figures<br />

List of Abbreviations<br />

1. Introduction<br />

1.1 Subject matter<br />

1.2 Background of Thesis Project<br />

1.3 Aim of the Thesis Project<br />

1.4 Theoretical and practical motivation<br />

1.5 Research questions<br />

1.6 Objectives<br />

1.7 Thesis Project structure<br />

2. Background – <strong>Microfinance</strong> in the Netherlands<br />

2.1 The role and importance of <strong>Microfinance</strong> in the Dutch economy<br />

2.2 Ambition <strong>for</strong> sustainable model<br />

2.2.1 Financial demand from Dutch starting entrepreneurs<br />

2.2.2 Financial structure of the Dutch microfinance institutes<br />

2.3 Current microfinance Dutch microfinance model<br />

3. Theory and Literature review <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

3.1 Scope of review and availability of literature<br />

3.2 Definitions<br />

3.3 The research process and conceptual framework<br />

3.4 Different microfinance models<br />

3.5 Successful microfinance models<br />

3.5.1 Success factors<br />

3.5.2 Can these factors be integrated at first sight?<br />

3.6 Conclusions on the literature review<br />

3.6.1 Draft <strong>for</strong> framework <strong>for</strong> sustainable model<br />

4. Pre-research interviews<br />

4.1 Conclusions on background and literature review<br />

4.2 Pre-research interviews<br />

4.2.1 Pilot test interviews<br />

4.2.2 Data from conversations<br />

5. Methodology<br />

5.1 Introduction<br />

5.2 Philosophical stance<br />

5.3 Scope of the research<br />

5.4 Secondary data collection<br />

5.4.1 Literature review<br />

5.4.2 Desk research<br />

5.5 Primary research<br />

5.5.1 Interview design<br />

5.6 Limitations of the research<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 96<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


5.7 Expectations<br />

5.8 Conclusion on the primary research<br />

5.8.1 Reliability<br />

5.8.2 Internal and external validity<br />

5.8.3 Overall conclusion<br />

6. Results<br />

6.1 General responses<br />

6.2 Results from interviews<br />

6.2.1 Introduction<br />

6.2.2 Institution profiles<br />

6.2.3 Outcome of the interviews<br />

6.2.4 Summary of key results<br />

6.3 Conclusion on primary research<br />

6.3.1 Introduction<br />

6.3.2 Analysis of results<br />

6.3.3 Linking theory and findings<br />

6.3.4 Discuss the findings<br />

6.3.4.1 Reflection on research process<br />

6.3.4.2 To what extend have the objectives been met?<br />

6.3.4.3 Difficulties during the research<br />

6.3.4.4 What other research could have been undertaken?<br />

6.3.4.5 Key findings during the research<br />

6.4 Summary<br />

7. Conclusion<br />

7.1 Research aim<br />

7.2 Answers to research question<br />

7.3 Differences and similarities between the primary and secondary research<br />

7.4 New perspectives<br />

7.5 Overall conclusion microfinance<br />

8. Recommendations<br />

8.1 Recommendations <strong>for</strong> institutes involved<br />

8.1.1 <strong>Microfinance</strong> institutes<br />

8.1.2 Starting entrepreneurs<br />

8.1.3 The Ministry of Economic Affairs<br />

8.2 Recommendations <strong>for</strong> further research<br />

References<br />

Appendices<br />

Appendix 1 Thesis Proposal<br />

Appendix 2 A short history of <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

Appendix 3 List of interviewees<br />

Appendix 4 Interviews<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 97<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


References<br />

Armendáriz, B. 2009, '<strong>Microfinance</strong> <strong>for</strong> Self-Employment Activities in the European Urban<br />

Areas', Working Paper <strong>for</strong> CEB research institute in Management Sciences, Brussels<br />

Bhole, B. and Ogden, S. (2009), 'Group lending and individual lending with strategic default',<br />

Journal of Development Economics, New York, p. 21.<br />

BN De Stem (2009), Een eigen zaak, dankzij microkrediet [online], BN De Stem, Available<br />

from: http://www.bndestem.nl/algemeen/economie/4850724/Een-eigen-zaak-dankzij-<br />

microkrediet.ece [Accessed: 23.3.2010].<br />

Canale, R. R. (2010), Microcredit in advanced economies as a "third way": a theoretical<br />

reflection, University of Naples "Parthenope".<br />

Corbin, J. and Strauss, A. (1990), 'Grounded Theory Research - Procedures, Canons, and<br />

Evaluative Criteria', Qualitative Sociology, Vol. 13, No.1, pp. 3-21.<br />

European Investment Fund (EIF) (2009), <strong>Microfinance</strong> in Europe - a market overview, EIF,<br />

Luxembourg, p. 21.<br />

Evers and Jung (2005), Reaching the potential of microfinance <strong>for</strong> economic growth, social<br />

inclusion and regional development through a coherent European funding policy, European<br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong> Network, p. 2.<br />

Evers and Jung (2007), Status of microfinance in Western Europe – an academic review,<br />

Paris: European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network (March), p. 10.<br />

Genet, M. (2009), “<strong>Microfinance</strong> in Western Europe and Sustainability: Dream or Lack of<br />

Ambition? In The European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network Bi-Annual Magazine on <strong>Microfinance</strong> in<br />

Europe, Paris.<br />

Gomez, R. and Santor, E. (2003), 'Do Peer Group Members Outper<strong>for</strong>m Individual<br />

Borrowers? A Test of Peer Group Lending Using Canadian Micro-Credit Data', Bank of<br />

Canada Working Paper, Ottawa, p. 14.<br />

Granger, B. and Lämmerman, S. (2009), 'MFI efficiency and State intervention - what<br />

correlation?', First European research conference on microfinance, June 2-4, 2009, Advancia<br />

Business School, Paris, p. 19.<br />

Heemskerk, F. (2009), Stimuleer en steun starters [online], Zicht op Ondernemen, Jaargang<br />

13, No. 4, p. 1., Available from: http://www.qredits.nl/assets/Downloads/<br />

Zicht_op_ondernemen.PDF [Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 98<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Jayo, B., Rico, S. et al. (2008), Overview of the Microcredit Sector in the European Union,<br />

EMN, Brussels, p. 21.<br />

Littlefield, E. and Rosenberg, R., CGAP (2004), '<strong>Microfinance</strong> and the Poor: Breaking<br />

Down the walls between <strong>Microfinance</strong> and the Formal Financial System', Finance &<br />

Development, June, pp. 38-40.<br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong> Center (MFC) (2007), From Mission to Action - Management Series <strong>for</strong><br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions, MFC, Warsaw, p. 2.<br />

Molenaar, K. (2009), '<strong>Microfinance</strong>, its concepts and development, lessons to draw <strong>for</strong><br />

Europe', Implementing the EU Microcredit Initiative - What can be learned from developing<br />

and trans<strong>for</strong>ming countries?, January 26-27, 2009, European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network, Berlin,<br />

p. 3.<br />

Müller, R. (2007), Research Methods Slides, TiasNimbas Business School, Utrecht.<br />

Müller, R. (2009), Lecture on Research Methods 2, October 5 th -7 th , 2009, TiasNimbas<br />

Business School, Utrecht.<br />

Oberman, R. and Roelofsen, O. (2009), Microfinanciering als aanjager van<br />

ondernemerschap in Nederland - Advies aan het Ministerie van Economische Zaken [online],<br />

McKinsey & Company, p. 3., Available from: http://www.microfinanciering.com/<br />

resources/uploads/files/adviesrapport_mckinsey_2009.pdf [Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />

Ramsden, P. (2009), “<strong>Microfinance</strong> and Social Objectives: How can MFIs demonstrate that<br />

they are socially useful? In The European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network Bi-Annual Magazine on<br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong> in Europe, Paris.<br />

Saunders, M., Lewis, P. and Thornhill, A. (2009), Research methods <strong>for</strong> business students,<br />

5th edition, Prentice Hall, Harlow.<br />

TiasNimbas Business School (2009), Thesis Project Guidelines - Full Time Programme,<br />

MFM / MIBM, TiasNimbas Business School.<br />

Wiersema, W. J. (2009), Thesis Proposal - How service marketing can increase positive<br />

word of mouth in Dutch leisure companies, MIBM, TiasNimbas Business School.<br />

Woller, G. M., Dun<strong>for</strong>d, C. and Warner, W. (1999), 'Where to <strong>Microfinance</strong>?', International<br />

Journal of Economic Development, Vol. 1, Issue 4, pp. 26-27.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 99<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Work program<br />

March<br />

April<br />

Week number 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36<br />

Exams and other deadlines<br />

Choose Research Topic<br />

Read literature on topic<br />

Read methodology literature<br />

Write Research Proposal<br />

Submit Research Proposal<br />

Supervisor appointed<br />

Meetings with supervisor<br />

Review proposal<br />

Attent MF conference<br />

Arrange interviews<br />

Develop interview<br />

Pilot test interview<br />

Conduct interviews<br />

Analyse data interview<br />

Write result chapter<br />

Write conclusion chapter<br />

Finalize draft<br />

Last adjustments<br />

Print and bind<br />

Submit Thesis Project<br />

Deadline submission Thesis<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 100<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

May<br />

June<br />

July<br />

August<br />

September


Appendix B – Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management Beyond the Private sector<br />

Examples of Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management Models Beyond the Private Sector, as<br />

discussed in paragraph 3.3:<br />

Figure B-1 Example of a BSC matrix (MFC, 2007)<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 101<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Figure B-2 Simplified Strategy Map (MFC, 2007)<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 102<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Figure B-3 The Social Enterprise Scorecard (Meadows and Pike, 2009, p. 136)<br />

Figure B-4 Strategy Map (Gomes and Liddle, 2009)<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 103<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Figure B-5 Comprehensive Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management System<br />

(McNair and Watts, 2009)<br />

Figure B-6 Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement <strong>for</strong> Small Business (Watts et al., 2009b)<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 104<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix C – Interview Outline<br />

!<br />

Social Return<br />

• What are currently important aspects / trends / elements <strong>for</strong> this dimension?<br />

• (What is going well?)<br />

• What aspects can be improved? And how? How long will this take?<br />

• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the SHORT term?<br />

• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the LONG term?<br />

• Prioritize / what is most important / best way to measure?<br />

Financial Return<br />

• What are currently important aspects / trends / elements <strong>for</strong> this dimension?<br />

• (What is going well?)<br />

• What aspects can be improved? And how? How long will this take?<br />

• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the SHORT term?<br />

• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the LONG term?<br />

• Prioritize / what is most important / best way to measure?<br />

Business Model<br />

• What are currently important aspects / trends / elements <strong>for</strong> this dimension?<br />

• (What is going well?)<br />

• What aspects can be improved? And how? How long will this take?<br />

• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the SHORT term?<br />

• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the LONG term?<br />

• Prioritize / what is most important / best way to measure?<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 105<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Organizational Development<br />

• What are currently important aspects / trends / elements <strong>for</strong> this dimension?<br />

• (What is going well?)<br />

• What aspects can be improved? And how? How long will this take?<br />

• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the SHORT term?<br />

• What are important per<strong>for</strong>mance indicators <strong>for</strong> the LONG term?<br />

• Prioritize / what is most important / best way to measure?<br />

General<br />

• What perspective do you think is the most important / deserves the most<br />

attention?<br />

• What (important) element / stakeholder is not covert by the four dimension?<br />

What perspective should be <strong>added</strong>? If any.<br />

• Coaching?<br />

• What perspective is less important / could be replaced? Why and by what?<br />

• How do you think the perspectives are related to / influence each other?<br />

• Any general comments that can be of use <strong>for</strong> the research / development of<br />

the framework?<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 106<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix D – Reason, Drive and Contribution<br />

!<br />

Yellow = Why Green = What Blue = Where<br />

KH a person really makes or breaks it, does he have the appropriate spirit and enthusiasm to do it or not?<br />

VS The complete picture is being analyzed, the financial plan, the business plan, the entrepreneur and his<br />

reason to start up a business<br />

TB The first question relates to the question: What contribution do you think you are going to make <strong>for</strong> the<br />

society?<br />

TB what are you going to contribute to this society?<br />

TB The only question that AH should ask themselves; ‘how do I give Toon Bullens the best access to<br />

cleaning material and food’, is probably one of the few questions that is never being asked at the board<br />

of the AH.<br />

TB Everywhere you see quasi-paying system being erected. Why do they start? Not because they say,<br />

yeah, the systems that exist are so good.<br />

TB At a curtain point the government mentally taught; ‘we should create facilities where the people can<br />

help each other’.<br />

TB Is less grain coming out of the ground due to the financial crisis?<br />

TB We need to learn again, what the role of those financial institutions was?<br />

TB Banks have an intermediary role between people that want to invest part of their current income in<br />

future income.<br />

TB I think those three, ecologic, social and economical than you have the complete picture.<br />

TB ‘we have the responsibility to ensure economic, social and ecological development, your plan does not<br />

fit within these lines, or it will only fit when you will make curtain adjustments in your business model’.<br />

TB At that time they would ask themselves does this what we do, fit, not explicitly, within our economic,<br />

social or ecological objectives?<br />

TB Due to active member policies, and have member boards in every village where they work. That tries<br />

to translate signals from the society into the mismanagement.<br />

TB you should only create and support a business when it clearly and explicitly has an economic, and or<br />

social and or ecological objective.<br />

TB That has been our contribution to the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the agriculture industry in the Netherlands. That<br />

interest rate would be below the interest rate of government loans, structural below the interest rate.<br />

TB focus on one clear aspect,<br />

TB he still had a small role in the company, and did not get money from social welfare. Probably when<br />

you would measure it, it would not be a economical relevant contribution, but he made a contribution.<br />

TB when somebody can do something very well and it has a curtain <strong>value</strong> <strong>for</strong> the society, you should do it.<br />

TB It is not about the institutions or about the scale, but about the contribution and in particular from the<br />

knowledge perspective.<br />

TB That you need to have perfectly clear, what role you want to play in the society.<br />

TB Always we will end up with a model that says, do not primarily look at the system, but look primarily at<br />

what you economically, socially, or ecologically can contribute?<br />

TB Social; what do you want to accomplish as specie?<br />

TB Ecological; how do you cope with the limited material this planet and it surroundings offers?<br />

TB By definition <strong>for</strong> both also the economical parameters are connected. That is what the economy is<br />

about, to make good use of the limited raw materials.<br />

TB maybe we should include an ethical perspective as well.<br />

TB the most important thing is that he is satisfied, why does he need to make money than?<br />

TB ‘it is not about what you have, but about what you are’.<br />

TB If he says; ‘I do not make profit, but I really enjoy my work’, what would be wrong about that?<br />

TB There are a lot more people that have that drive. But we did not setup the companies’ correctly <strong>for</strong> this,<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 107<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


RL start at the core; 'why do you want to start this company?' That includes your vision, but it is much<br />

wider.<br />

RL First the why; ‘why do we do it?’<br />

RL It started out of frustration, because we couldn't publish<br />

OE ‘If you do not know where you are going, you will probably end up somewhere else’.<br />

OE where will you be in 2 - 3 years, how much will you earn? They usually haven't thought about that.<br />

OE For the counselling that is the first starting point, where do you want to be in 3 years?<br />

OE In general they do not have a lot of creativity<br />

OE not always looking at the neighbour, but what can I do different<br />

OE A lot of people want to use their own creativity to generate an income.<br />

OE They want to show the world that they can do a trick / act, and they can do that better than the boss<br />

they work <strong>for</strong>.<br />

OE Some people do not find a job, <strong>for</strong> whatever reason that might be.<br />

OE Some people indeed say; ‘I can do that better and I want to make my own decisions’.<br />

OE Start with the mission, what do you want to contribute.<br />

OE they just want to do it at home and that makes them happy<br />

OE But <strong>for</strong> most the freedom and ability to make their own decisions is most important.<br />

OE That is something we really talk about in-depth. What is the motivation to start a business?<br />

OE Especially the first question; 'why do you so badly want to have your own business?' The first three<br />

years you will be in the shit.<br />

OE it is very important to realize: ‘I choose <strong>for</strong> this because, ... ‘<br />

OE People do not look at other things they could offer, and you see a lot of copying behaviour.<br />

OE than back to the action plan, where do you want to be in 6 months, and what needs to be done in the<br />

mean time?<br />

OE When you say now, in five years I want to do this and this, it does not mean that you cannot change<br />

your plan in the mean time<br />

MB 'that person has a greengrocer and drives a car, so starting a greengrocer it it'. The idea to start<br />

instead, <strong>for</strong> example a bakery, does not come up.<br />

MB a lot of people that will have to think about these things, will come to a moment where they think; 'men,<br />

I do not know how this works, or I do not want all this'.<br />

MB you can help a starting entrepreneur a lot by setting financial targets.<br />

MB When they go through these steps and realize what it all means and than still want it…, but a lot of<br />

people will draw the conclusion that it is not <strong>for</strong> them.<br />

MB I understand from the MF-points. That people are positively discouraged, after a couple of<br />

conversations<br />

MB That is very important that people do not start when is does not make sense.<br />

MB if someone can live from it and is happy with it, than it is fine <strong>for</strong> me.<br />

MB Entrepreneurs are happier than people that do not do that, as long as they have an annual turnover of<br />

around !22.000.<br />

MB From that level people are happier when they started <strong>for</strong> themselves compared to people that did not<br />

do that. Below that, it really depends on whether the partner makes any money.<br />

CS When somebody succeeds with his enterprise, within a curtain time, that is an contribution to the<br />

economy.<br />

CS when somebody really has a passion then...<br />

CS look at big successful entrepreneurs, they had a passion and from there they started making money.<br />

That is another way of working.<br />

CS in the Netherlands, you get the change to show whether you are an entrepreneur or not.<br />

CS If you than find out that it is not <strong>for</strong> you, but that paid employment suits you better. You should draw<br />

your conclusion<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 108<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


CS a woman that makes jewellery and has an annual turnover of !4000,-. Everybody laughs about that,<br />

but in the meantime she is busy, has her own business and might have a curtain dignity and status<br />

within her scene. That is also a contribution<br />

CS primarily the objective is to get somebody to work, he can get other people to work, that they are out of<br />

that circuit and can become sustainable,<br />

AP a lot of people copy each other’s business<br />

AP Somebody has an idea and than they do the same. Those people create a stiff competition <strong>for</strong> each<br />

other.<br />

AP It is not going to be a very profitable business, they will be able to repay their loan, they will have<br />

something left, and because they had nothing everything that will be left is a substantial improvement<br />

AP That is exactly the same, they do not innovate, that is true.<br />

AP people are rational nuts maximizers, if it does not work they will stop with it.<br />

AP from a relative perspective it does make a difference.<br />

AP It can cause an increase in income of sometimes thirty to <strong>for</strong>ty percent. That percentage of almost<br />

nothing is still almost nothing, but it is a little bit more than you had be<strong>for</strong>e.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 109<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix E – Social<br />

!<br />

KH jobs created and the impact on the community<br />

KH It can bring people together, it can increase the cohesion of the community<br />

KH Increase the cohesion and it will increase the labour participation of people and it will bring economic<br />

growth and there<strong>for</strong>e it will also generate social return<br />

KH otherwise you would not have microfinance but you will just be a bank.<br />

KH Jobs created, impact on social community, does the person have a job right now or not?<br />

VS very social programs rely heavily on funds from the government<br />

TB everything has become more businesslike.<br />

TB <strong>for</strong> a new product, there needs to be made a business plan and that plan only looks at the financial<br />

per<strong>for</strong>mance of that product, not at what the spinoff <strong>for</strong> the society will be.<br />

TB primarily arrange the system that that the social objective is also reached.<br />

TB the social return needs to cover the return <strong>for</strong> the society.<br />

TB make the social aspect important. What do you want to contribute to the society? Empowerment of<br />

people, growth. Ask yourself, what do you want to achieve?<br />

TB release the internal focus and to start looking at how to relate to the society.<br />

TB How do you make the member councils relevant to the business model of the company?<br />

TB a company only needs those material, facilities to be able to serve the society in a economical, social<br />

or ecological way in the long term.<br />

TB you can say that the social aspects are not interesting <strong>for</strong> the capital provider, but than it is difficult to<br />

explain why the Triodos Bank and ASN still attract clients. So people are somehow already thinking<br />

about that.<br />

TB because the relationship with the society was so explicitly as was the control of the financial model.<br />

TB also social objective need to be able to be measured otherwise that are not good.<br />

TB From a mini perspective you can argue that it is inefficient to use people that need twice the time to<br />

clean a cup of coffee.<br />

TB When you use two of those half people, you can spare one whole person, which can do something<br />

else. What is than more economic?<br />

TB When a bank says, I am not the system, but a curtain role and the way I fulfil that role is dominate <strong>for</strong><br />

how, customers and employees, fulfil curtain sub roles within that.<br />

TB Than you shift you thinking model from the system and system preservation and efficiency of the<br />

system towards the interest of the society.<br />

TB entrepreneurs need to make decisions. Maybe he can get so many funds from the market that he is not<br />

interested in a social contribution as long as he can maximize financial return.<br />

TB That you need to have perfectly clear, what role you want to play in the society.<br />

RL it is a nice idea, and that is also what it is about. All three of us at a different level, but overall still <strong>for</strong><br />

the good cause, <strong>for</strong> the bigger picture.<br />

RL The social is the result of the product.<br />

OE <strong>for</strong> our clients the social return plays an important role. Especially with the creative sector that we serve<br />

OE People find it important that they can play a role in the society.<br />

OE 'from what we earn we want to use a small percentage, <strong>for</strong> welfare clubs’<br />

OE making a financial contribution to charities<br />

OE we have a lot of catering lately and about 50% is all about that it needs to be healthy and neatly<br />

reconstructed<br />

OE some want to donate some money to welfare<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 110<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


OE the investment was !3.000.00, - and I taught that !10.000.000,- came back again. By taxes and social<br />

welfare money that didn’t need to be paid anymore.<br />

MB It contributes to the combat against poverty.<br />

MB The social yield<br />

CS I think you have to remain realistic and that it stays useable.<br />

CS It will of course be very nice, but it is almost optional.<br />

CS People’s pride and dignity, is also a social aspect.<br />

CS a woman that makes jewellery and has an annual turnover of !4000,-. Everybody laughs about that,<br />

but in the meantime she is busy, has her own business and might have a curtain dignity and status<br />

within her scene. That is also a contribution<br />

AP For example MFI want to improve the living conditions of their costumers. How do we create insight,<br />

and how can we check whether that is really happening?<br />

AP In first instance that is really about the measurement, how do you make sure you measure something<br />

that you know how well you are doing?<br />

AP Second how do I use the in<strong>for</strong>mation I measured in my internal business processes, to use that in a<br />

strategic way. When I see, that my customers, my microfinance customers do not get better from it, by<br />

income or assets or whatever.<br />

AP What I find important is that when you implement this at a MFI, than what is the mission of that MFI?<br />

When that is the empowerment of women, if that is your mission, than you need to be able to say<br />

something about that.<br />

AP Is that going good, how many women did we empower, what is that and how do we measure that?<br />

AP If you are a MFI that does not focus on woman, than I do not think it makes a lot of sense to measure<br />

the percentage of women.<br />

AP In that perspective, if you talk about do you measure millennium goals, which are still relatively broad. I<br />

am more specific, I sit down with them and talk about; 'what is your mission and what concrete<br />

objectives can you filter from that, and from there measure.<br />

AP you can look at several things, you can look at what type of customers do I have? Most organizations<br />

say we focus on poor costumers. Than, I want to see that. Than you will help such an organization to<br />

measure whether they are helping the right target group.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 111<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix F – Financial<br />

!<br />

Liquidity Facilitative Not Predominantly Investors Education<br />

KH the financials are the most important part<br />

KH how is the company going to make money? What is the companies’ financial plan? How much money<br />

do they need? What does their budget look like? When will they start to make profit?<br />

KH Does he take into account that he has to pay rent, costs <strong>for</strong> his goods sold, payback his loan and pay<br />

himself?<br />

KH Is he going to do the accounting himself?<br />

KH banks only look at the financials<br />

KH Will he be able to generate the revenue that he has told us?<br />

VS when you borrow !20.000, - and you have a personal dept open of !2.000, - where they charge you<br />

20% interest. Then it is possible that we include that, because <strong>for</strong> the overall financial situation it is<br />

much better.<br />

VS when somebody needs little additional fund <strong>for</strong> the costs of living. The entrepreneur will need to show<br />

that <strong>for</strong> example after three months, he will be able to cover those costs himself because he starts<br />

making money in the fourth month.<br />

VS The exploitation budget, the estimation of the liquidity, the complete picture the opening balance,<br />

outstanding debt, repayment history, investment budget, financing budget, own contribution,<br />

VS maybe already has a loan from friends, family or by the bank and only needs the final financial push.<br />

VS At minimum we need the prognosis of one year, sometimes we will also ask <strong>for</strong> the second year.<br />

VS he needs to start making turnover and show that he can make a profit.<br />

VS An activity based budget needs to show what the minimal estimation is <strong>for</strong> turnover, what the realistic<br />

estimations is and what the difference between the two is, the margin.<br />

VS Existing entrepreneurs have to provide the most recent annual figures, their activity plan and their<br />

investment budget.<br />

VS · The credit need<br />

- exact amount<br />

· The financial analysis<br />

- balance sheet and<br />

- liquidity<br />

TB The second question is how does this influence your business model and financial plan?<br />

TB the view was created in the society that organizations needed to be profit-driven. That is just not true!<br />

TB Ever since, shareholders return has been very important. But it is all bullshit it really is all bullshit. The<br />

shareholders, that are you with you pension fund that is me with my pension fund, my bank and my<br />

insurance company.<br />

TB We have invented a system, to be able to make calculations, Friedman was an economic, at a curtain<br />

point that structure, that mental structure had become more important that the business integrity.<br />

TB What we are doing now with the financial systems is trying to repair a water pipeline that is already<br />

leaking <strong>for</strong> years.<br />

TB economic behaviour is learned.<br />

TB From a financial point of view, that does not make sense, you need to give them food, they are not<br />

professionals, spent time, do not have the same focus. From the financial perspective nothing works.<br />

TB build systems, which do not allow people to implicitly say; ‘the appreciating <strong>for</strong> a career is money’,<br />

TB Everything is setup to reach the best rent ability / profitability. And we have very bad measurement<br />

systems to check them.<br />

TB never had the objective to make profit<br />

TB <strong>for</strong> who is the financial relevant?<br />

TB why do we than make the financial perspective so dominant?<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 112<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


TB Everybody thinks it is important, because the paradigm we have created, the financial model<br />

dominants <strong>for</strong> the perception whether we should be satisfied.<br />

TB If you need to pay twice as much <strong>for</strong> your product, but you are still satisfied. Does the company have a<br />

problem than?<br />

TB We developed those financial models when they were needed. By that time we did not have enough<br />

calculation capacity. But do we still need it?<br />

TB why don't we abolish it? I am really in favour to do so. Or at least in combination with things that really<br />

matter.<br />

TB Do not make the bottom-line so important. But <strong>for</strong> a starting company still look at how he thinks to<br />

finance the plan.<br />

TB What is now the <strong>value</strong> of the financial objectives? Let say we need to make 100.000 Euros, what did<br />

we earn than. What is the equivalent?<br />

TB do the output measurement in bags of potatoes or something similar. It is completely irrelevant if I have<br />

made !100.000, -<br />

TB the goal should be to break even<br />

TB 90% is about rewards. I know from experience that that is not true, especially <strong>for</strong> people of my age.<br />

TB the financial should only be serving the other perspectives.<br />

TB first social, financial only serving, than costumer<br />

TB Do not start from the financial perspective. But accepted that the financial is only there to facilitate the<br />

other aspects. Go to the costumer and employee and ask what do you really want.<br />

TB it is an aspect of the relation a company has with a supplier, and an aspect between the company and<br />

the society. So it is not the main goal, not even <strong>for</strong> a financial organization.<br />

TB you have a mental model <strong>for</strong> a couple of stakeholders, costumer, employee, I think a capital provider<br />

should be included, also the society.<br />

TB the most important thing is that he is satisfied, why does he need to make money than?<br />

RL then we taught; 'he guys maybe we should be able to make some money with this'.<br />

RL At the end we looked at how we could link that to some finance model.<br />

RL later we had a look at how we could make some money out of it.<br />

RL One is the goodwill, but that is quite difficult.<br />

RL the other is the income through your services. For the business process, the customer <strong>value</strong>, <strong>for</strong> all the<br />

services that you have,<br />

RL You also need to satisfy your investors. That is part of the financial return.<br />

RL In the end that is your income and related to you’re turnover and return on investment.<br />

RL We are looking now <strong>for</strong> investors that are related to the IT. When they provide people they will make<br />

sure that they provide good IT people. In order <strong>for</strong> their return to be higher<br />

RL In the end we will, definitely look at the financial figures, because you can have a lot of users, but if<br />

they do not use our services, then we still have nothing.<br />

OE I have to say that <strong>for</strong> a lot of our clients, the financials are not leading.<br />

OE We often hear people say; 'As long as I can eat, its fine'<br />

OE the financials are more facilitative<br />

OE I am happy, because I am able to make my own decisions and to put my own creativity to use, that is<br />

more important than to become rich'.<br />

OE things we look at are: Opening balance, investment and finance, exploitation budget, liquidity budget<br />

OE We try to look 3 years ahead, but that is difficult <strong>for</strong> a lot of people, so in that case 2 years<br />

OE Strange thing of this book is that it does not have a liquidity budget included<br />

OE liquidity budget is the most important. For companies that are started up and do not need a lot of<br />

capital, it is important to have a look at your liquidity. I think that is the most important management tool<br />

OE you can make an exploitation budget as profitable as you want, as long as you have a lot of patience.<br />

But you need to have a look whether the money is coming in.<br />

OE I think that only 5% of the people that come here will need external funding.<br />

OE The Bank is difficult, they do not wake up <strong>for</strong> loans below !100.000, -.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 113<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


OE through friends and family and a lot of subordinated loans. A while ago I had one that could get a loan<br />

from a bank, but that is extraordinary.<br />

OE One of the pit holes of advisory services is that they focus too much on the financial aspect. Of course<br />

it is important that the plan is financially feasible, if you do not cover your costs it is end of story.<br />

OE I always say; 'the financials are the foundation of your plan'. It should not be the drive<br />

OE Financials on the side, only facilitating. It is important but should not be the drive.<br />

OE that they can life from the money they make is only an additional advantage<br />

MB most entrepreneurs do not have an idea of what they want to get out of it financially, do not consider<br />

the opportunities, but only look at what they will need to be able to live.<br />

MB Calculate back to what does that mean <strong>for</strong> the wages they charge <strong>for</strong> the product or the amount they<br />

have to produce.<br />

MB you can help a starting entrepreneur a lot by setting financial targets.<br />

MB The financials is not only about how to setup your business, but also about explaining.<br />

MB Make it comprehensible what all the costs are, make it comprehensible what insurances they will need,<br />

or not.<br />

MB develop a sort of assertiveness, about all those aspects. That in the end, what you will have earned will<br />

also be up to you, to decide how you are going to spent / invest it.<br />

MB people do not realize, how long they will have to <strong>for</strong> wait money and what they have to pay themselves<br />

MB The financial administration is something you have to focus on, navigate. I think that a lot of those<br />

entrepreneurs lack that in<strong>for</strong>mation<br />

MB Financials are than not the drive but just facilitating<br />

CS Explain, make it comprehensible, in a way that they understand what all the costs are.<br />

CS The budget has to be accurate<br />

CS Reach a curtain break-even-point<br />

CS most pit holes <strong>for</strong> entrepreneurs are that they want to make money; that is their target. How, is a<br />

question they answer later.<br />

AP That is an issue, the data quality. No so much that the customers will lie about that. But <strong>for</strong> example,<br />

the person that fills in the <strong>for</strong>m does that together with the loan officer of the MFI.<br />

AP If the loan officer has a personal interest, due to financial incentives, he might reflect the situation of<br />

the customer differently. Maybe part of the loan officers’ income depends on the percentage of women,<br />

or poor people, that is easier to deceive.<br />

AP There financial education is much more useful, to make sure people do not take on to much debt.<br />

AP the focus will now be more on financial education, because there is a bubble growing under the<br />

microfinance market. The first priority is to prevent over-indebtedness.<br />

AP The average [Dutch] starters is already happy when he has a decent accounting system, they usually<br />

hire someone <strong>for</strong> that.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 114<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix G – Sustainability Entrepreneur<br />

!<br />

Yellow = Low (overhead) costs Green = Growth Blue = Personal Factors<br />

TB In the past we needed infrastructure and buildings where people were working and expensive<br />

computers. But do we still need all that?<br />

TB In financial markets you can do everything from a complete virtual identity. Why do we need than those<br />

big bank buildings?<br />

TB If we have all those virtual networks, where do we need the offices <strong>for</strong>?<br />

TB you need to step away from idea that you need to increase the scale to make it cheaper, that is<br />

probably not the case<br />

RL We grow when we have more users, which spent more. There are two ways to grow, either by having<br />

more users, or when each individual user, uses more services.<br />

RL look at other sites and the cumulative grow figures they use. Aim <strong>for</strong> the same growth, maybe a bit<br />

less, but comparable.<br />

RL We have firm growth figures <strong>for</strong> that. We do not have a lot of overhead costs. Most of our costs are<br />

variable,<br />

RL we have firm growth targets, which have to be reached.<br />

RL From the growth figures we can determine whether people are using our services.<br />

RL The growth figures covers a lot, if it does not grow than people probably do not like it or do not think it<br />

is good.<br />

RL in these times, especially when you are just by yourself, focus on just giving in<strong>for</strong>mation from one<br />

person to the next.<br />

RL Also <strong>for</strong> the small scale, as long as you have a bit more in<strong>for</strong>mation than the other, so that you can give<br />

it from one to the next.<br />

RL Another trend is that, you can do that by using a lot of resources, not only from yourself but also from<br />

others<br />

RL We try to outsource as much as possible<br />

RL Everybody else can do it better than us, so let them do it. Through Internet you can do anything,<br />

RL co-creation is about how you can use the society to improve your business.<br />

RL you do not need a lot. You do not need a store, no product, when you offer a service.<br />

OE give them a product/customer matrix and tell them to first focus on that.<br />

OE in two years maybe an additional product or service, in three years maybe two extra customer groups<br />

and that is the way to build.<br />

OE continuing market research would improve the survival rate of the small entrepreneurs. Especially the<br />

niche is where the small entrepreneurs can jump in.<br />

OE For example a lot of the ZZP-ers do not want to grow. They do not want employees<br />

MB you should not overestimated the financial sustainability of a starting entrepreneur.<br />

MB a lot of people that do not realize how much money they need to set aside. Besides the normal costs<br />

you have, you also have to reserve money <strong>for</strong> the tax-authority, investments and those kind of things.<br />

MB entrepreneurs who started up their business and have a wife that will say; 'o, now you are an<br />

entrepreneurs, so I can start driving an BMW'<br />

MB people from other cultures who have become an entrepreneur, will have family that will say; 'well, you<br />

are a success now, so you can start taking care of us'.<br />

MB The signs that I receive now, is that people also need coaching about how they should get their family<br />

of their back. Delta Lloyd is now training people to do that.<br />

MB Apparently that is particularly common in the Surinamese society<br />

MB I think that growth objectives is something that starters are not looking at<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 115<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


MB that has to do with you financial prognoses and especially <strong>for</strong> yourself. In the end it is interesting<br />

whether people will hire others. That is very interesting.<br />

MB how important is that <strong>for</strong> really the start?<br />

MB It is important that you think about how you can become sustainable, but how important is it whether<br />

you will hire people in a couple of years?<br />

CS But if someone after three years still didn't make it... I think you should also look at that.<br />

CS you can see it by the financials that is where you see your income and your costs. That way you can<br />

tidy take that away from the potential of the business.<br />

CS after two years, your company should have grown from 1 FTE to 1.8 FTE. That are factors that<br />

determine whether the necessary growth is there.<br />

CS at some point they have to be able to hold up their own pants. That is how it works, and that is<br />

something you can do or not. It can take a year or two.<br />

CS Similar with when you win the lottery. That you are put right away under some management, because<br />

people do not know what to do with that kind of money and that all of a sudden everybody is their<br />

friend.<br />

CS It has to lead to something and you really have to work <strong>for</strong> it.<br />

CS I think you can see that by the figures, the financial figures.<br />

CS A bank will also ask your annual reports and there should be some growth.<br />

CS There are curtain models <strong>for</strong> entrepreneur, where they should have setup their business within 1-5<br />

years.<br />

CS it used to be that you have to invest a lot in the first three years, but after three years you need to start<br />

making money. That growth curve needs to be there.<br />

CS get somebody to work, so he can get other people to work, that they are out of that circuit and can<br />

become sustainable, able to pay <strong>for</strong> his one cost of living.<br />

AP Somebody has an idea and than they do the same. Those people create a stiff competition <strong>for</strong> each<br />

other<br />

AP It is not going to be a very profitable business, they will be able to repay their loan, they will have<br />

something left, and because they had nothing everything that will be left is a substantial improvement<br />

AP There are people that have an entrepreneurial spirit and manage to build something<br />

AP Most people are already happy that they can get a loan. That loan is not always used to start up a<br />

business,<br />

AP you can also get a loan and use is <strong>for</strong> a flat screen television to put it oddly, but it happens. Maybe not<br />

a flat screen television but the marriage of the daughter.<br />

AP It is all about survival, staying alive. If those people would have the choice, than they would not be<br />

entrepreneurs.<br />

AP They would prefer to have a steady job, but those are not available, so to stay alive they will have to do<br />

something. In developing countries that is 99% of the people.<br />

AP There a lot of people had too much loans and just couldn't pay back anymore, causing the MFIs to<br />

default.<br />

AP There is a gap between MFI and big banks. In between it is difficult to find finance, which is also the<br />

gap where more the real entrepreneurs are, the SME.<br />

AP The missing middle, loans of !10.000 - !100.000. Those amounts are too big <strong>for</strong> the MFI and too small<br />

and risky <strong>for</strong> the mainstream banks. That is the birth room of entrepreneurship.<br />

AP the focus should be on that group, because they have the most growth potential,<br />

AP everybody that is in the missing middles comes from the microfinance sector. How do you make sure<br />

that from the microfinance those people flow to the next level?<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 116<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix H – Customer and Market research<br />

!<br />

Demand Market research Satisfaction Marketing Competition Differentiation<br />

KH the belief that we think the product will be sold<br />

KH how do I differ from the other ten?<br />

KH Is there already another vegetable shop in the neighbourhood?<br />

KH What does your competition look like? Sizing the market and sizing the demand <strong>for</strong> the product.<br />

KH Do you believe that it will indeed bring what you promise or think it will bring?<br />

VS The entrepreneur really needs to show that he taught his plan through. He needs to know what his<br />

customers want.<br />

VS Show that he has done market research, searched the Internet. This can be very handy, although not<br />

<strong>for</strong> a small regional start-up.<br />

VS ask people on the corner of the street about what their needs are and what they will demand from your<br />

story instead of comparing your findings with that of the Internet.<br />

VS go to the corner of the street and ask people if they demand / require your product. What their needs<br />

are.<br />

VS Conduct a questionnaire to find out what the people want and what they are looking <strong>for</strong> when you are<br />

opening a store.<br />

VS When somebody hasn’t done his homework you will notice that soon enough.<br />

VS · The business plan;<br />

- product,<br />

- market and<br />

- marketing<br />

TB focused on simple things as customers and employee satisfaction.<br />

TB Why not ask are you satisfied?<br />

TB I used the costumer and employee aspect.<br />

TB companies spent a huge amount of money to facilitate that. This is done by commercials.<br />

TB Why would you not just talk to people? Why don't we setup councils <strong>for</strong> members or customers, and<br />

than talk with them. That way you create discourse.<br />

TB when somebody can do something very well and it has a curtain <strong>value</strong> <strong>for</strong> the society, you should do it.<br />

TB You will need to look, what from an economic, social, ecological perspective is relevant <strong>for</strong> a target<br />

group.<br />

TB from the perspective that the customer/employee is a participant in the society and that you provide<br />

services to them, he is very important.<br />

TB It goes wrong when you disconnect customers and employees in your mental model<br />

RL Third the What. What are we providing?<br />

RL One trend in the world is that you should consider each customer as a unique one, with a unique set of<br />

demands and wishes.<br />

RL we strongly believe in; 'see the need' if there is a demand <strong>for</strong> something than <strong>for</strong> the marketing you<br />

only need tell people; 'here is the product'.<br />

RL When the product is clear and when there is a demand <strong>for</strong> it, then people will buy it. With good product<br />

you don't need marketing.<br />

RL is there demand? Yes, well than we do something with that. Instead of thinking: 'I can do something<br />

really cool', when actually it is something nobody needs.<br />

RL The marketing part; how many new users do we have, how is the interface, how often do people use<br />

the helpdesk, is it user friendly?<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 117<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


RL You can test it, by launching <strong>for</strong> example three different sites, a red, blue or yellow one. Than you can<br />

statistically analyze which one is most often used.<br />

RL ask questions like did you find what you where looking <strong>for</strong>, was it useful, did it go fast enough, do you<br />

have suggestions?<br />

RL by plat<strong>for</strong>ms and <strong>for</strong>ums, through those tool, to create interaction. People are very empowered in that<br />

and especially when you listen to them, they are willing to help you.<br />

RL we want as much interaction as possible with our users.<br />

RL the first step is to see where the demand is. Without demand, you do not even need to start.<br />

RL When you have something, work it out, go to peer groups, talk to people, stalk people, mail people<br />

through whatever website,<br />

RL go and ask people on the street, visit companies if you think they will be your target company.<br />

RL Ask people what they do not like about the product, or what could be better,<br />

RL people like it when somebody listens to them. They really like it when they can talk about it.<br />

RL From the growth figures we can determine whether people are using our services.<br />

RL The growth figures covers a lot, if it does not grow than people probably do not like it or do not think it<br />

is good.<br />

OE That he focuses on his customers. That is already important.<br />

OE 'I will make a table and the whole world wants that table. I know a trick and I will make it'.<br />

OE they often need to adjust<br />

OE Do not go <strong>for</strong> the quick fix<br />

OE how can you adjust that in such a way that you are making / providing something that the people<br />

demand?<br />

OE They need to start with market research and making choices.<br />

OE to whom are you going to sell? They’ll say: ‘to everybody’. Than I say: ‘that would be very nice, but that<br />

is not going to work’.<br />

OE They do not think about it enough.<br />

OE Try to make the majority of the costumers, regular costumers. Really try to establish a relationship with<br />

their costumers.<br />

OE people should reflect what they are doing with the world they are living in.<br />

OE People do not look at other things they could offer, and you see a lot of copying behaviour.<br />

OE The neighbour lowers the price of the tomatoes by 2 cents. I need to lower them by 3. That is how it<br />

goes. And now they default, because you cannot keep on doing that<br />

OE continuing market research would improve the survival rate of the small entrepreneurs. Especially the<br />

niche is where the small entrepreneurs can jump in.<br />

OE Build into the model an evaluation moment <strong>for</strong> entrepreneurs to review whether they still offer what the<br />

customers demand. If you would manage this, that would already be a big step<br />

OE when there are no customers, it is end of story'.<br />

OE Make sure you can answer to the demand of the costumer<br />

OE That is something we focus on, building relations and networks.<br />

OE The problem there is that they do not have time to watch, what is happening in the world around them,<br />

or read magazines related to their business.<br />

MB A lot of people seem to be worried about the competition,<br />

MB that is what it is about. Do you provide something that fulfils a need?<br />

MB it is difficult to do proper market research and determine the demand of you product.<br />

MB advice people to do market research in their area, not with friends and family who are not objective.<br />

But, indeed, in the street and neighbourhood,<br />

MB do not only ask people that already buy such a product<br />

MB preferably with a prototype and do it seriously. It is quite difficult.<br />

MB avoid all the pit holes of copying the business of the neighbour<br />

MB Developing the right questions is very difficult. That is something they could get help with<br />

MB That could be something very nice to include into this model. If you see that somebody has already the<br />

first three customers<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 118<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


MB that is an indication that you have a product that already goes quite well. I can imagine that you can<br />

see that in this model.<br />

MB If someone already has a deal with a bakery that will buy products. Then <strong>for</strong> you marketing plan you<br />

already have quite some in<strong>for</strong>mation<br />

MB she already knows that there is demand and there is already a customer.<br />

MB ZZP-ers will only start <strong>for</strong> themselves if they already have some customers or contracts. Then the<br />

demands that you make <strong>for</strong> the marketing side, are a bit softer, because you already have a lot of<br />

prove.<br />

CS Your price, promotion, actually all the P's, competition.<br />

CS I would like to take the edge of the sentence; 'when it is a good product it will sell itself'. I believe that it<br />

is a combination.<br />

CS There are a lot of good ideas, but if you do not get your marketing up and running it is never going to<br />

work.<br />

CS A problem is that when a product does not exist yet, people find it difficult to imagine whether they will<br />

need it.<br />

CS That is something to be careful with, because sometimes you do not expect it, but it can become big<br />

business<br />

CS You think this is not going to work, but maybe there is a lot of demand <strong>for</strong> it. That is always difficult to<br />

determine. You do not know that.<br />

CS products will not be so innovative that people will not understand what you talk about.<br />

CS when you go ask on the street, people will say; 'that is a very crappie idea' while it might actually be a<br />

very good idea. Than it is difficult to determine the actual demand.<br />

CS work with numbers, you can say; 'you need at least 1000 or 500 people that you have asked detailed<br />

questions<br />

CS in whatever way, by questionnaires or interviews’, that way you can make it quantitative.<br />

CS Developing the right questions is very difficult<br />

AP Sometimes questionnaires, sometimes by focus groups, or idea boxes, those kind of things, or a<br />

helpdesk, if you are not satisfied you can call this number.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 119<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix I – Internal Business Processes<br />

!<br />

KH Is he going to do the accounting himself?<br />

TB The second question is how does this influence your business model and financial plan?<br />

TB how that influences your business model and what is you own ambition?<br />

TB The next question is; ‘how are you going to do that?’<br />

RL Second, How are we doing it?<br />

RL We turned the business model around and say we do it all <strong>for</strong> free.<br />

RL in these times, especially when you are just by yourself, focus on just giving in<strong>for</strong>mation from one<br />

person to the next.<br />

RL Also <strong>for</strong> the small scale, as long as you have a bit more in<strong>for</strong>mation than the other, so that you can give<br />

it from one to the next.<br />

RL business model is really inwards looking, internally focussed.<br />

RL Another trend is that, you can do that by using a lot of resources, not only from yourself but also from<br />

others<br />

RL We try to outsource as much as possible<br />

RL Everybody else can do it better than us, so let them do it. Through Internet you can do anything,<br />

RL It is also innovative, and what makes the model interesting.<br />

RL Do not be too cocky and think you can do it yourself,<br />

RL co-creation is about how you can use the society to improve your business.<br />

RL you do not need a lot. You do not need a store, no product, when you offer a service.<br />

RL How fast does it go, how many people can access the site at the same time, do people find what they<br />

look <strong>for</strong>?<br />

RL how do you put it together, internally?<br />

OE 'Do you have a marketing department? A purchase department? A (travelling) sales <strong>for</strong>ce? Inside<br />

staff? No I am just by myself.<br />

OE What do you have and what don't you have?<br />

OE For starting entrepreneurs it is particularly important to know what they don't have, so they know what<br />

to get from somewhere else?<br />

OE The internal process plays a part but on a different level.<br />

OE realize that when you hire people that you will need to pay them. They need to think about the<br />

consequences of that trade-off.<br />

OE When they hire people, they will need to generate more income.<br />

OE The complete picture, it is not written in stone. When you change something, something else will<br />

change as well. That demands flexibility.<br />

OE The acquisition should be an ongoing process. Often when people have a new job or order they stop<br />

with the acquisition.<br />

OE he has an advantage and should focus on because he is so small. Things like flexibility, able to react<br />

quickly, one-on-one contact<br />

OE they are on the marketing chair as well as on the sales chair.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 120<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix J – Organizational, Personal Development<br />

!<br />

Professional Capacities Personal Traits Private Situation Drive<br />

KH it is usually one man starting up the company. Important is the capabilities of the founder, the one<br />

person starting up the business.<br />

KH does the person have a sense of business and is willing to take an accounting course or had a course<br />

in accounting.<br />

KH relevant degrees, education, kind of jobs he had.<br />

KH If the person quits his job every two months, than he will not be the person that will try to make it.<br />

KH Does he have experience with the product?<br />

KH Is he going to do the accounting himself?<br />

KH a person really makes or breaks it, does he have the appropriate spirit and enthusiasm to do it or not?<br />

VS we do not provide loans while we have doubts about the feasibility of the business plan and the<br />

entrepreneur who has to execute the plan.<br />

VS For the entrepreneur it is also very important that his plan has a realistic change of succeeding,<br />

otherwise he might end up with a business that failed, and will be left behind with financial and private<br />

problems.<br />

VS The entrepreneur needs to convince us about his abilities and the plan he is presenting and how he is<br />

going to make it.<br />

VS The entrepreneur;<br />

- experience,<br />

- education and<br />

- (entrepreneurial) competences (E-scan)<br />

VS Starting entrepreneurs will have to provide a feasible business plan and do a test to indicate their<br />

entrepreneurial skills<br />

VS During the screening process, the business consultant critically analyzes both the entrepreneur and his<br />

business plan, but also has a critical look at the entrepreneurs’ personal situation.<br />

VS Whether or not the entrepreneur owns a house or has a partner with a stable income can influence the<br />

granting process of the loan.<br />

TB by doing so you not only give the entrepreneur a quality impulse, cause when you ask him that<br />

question he needs to think about it<br />

TB ‘it is not about what you have, but about what you are’.<br />

TB If he says; ‘I do not make profit, but I really enjoy my work’, what would be wrong about that?<br />

RL Not because we taught we could do it ourselves, even though we have a big part of the background,<br />

but by focussing on experts<br />

RL Do not be too cocky and think you can do it yourself,<br />

RL instead of that you can do only one thing very good and try to keep everything internal<br />

OE 'Do you have a marketing department? A purchase department? A (travelling) sales <strong>for</strong>ce? Inside<br />

staff? No I am just by myself.<br />

OE What do you have and what don't you have?<br />

OE For starting entrepreneurs it is particularly important to know what they don't have, so they know what<br />

to get from somewhere else?<br />

OE People also need to learn what is means to be an entrepreneur. The activities they do need to be<br />

manageable.<br />

OE the Business Improvements Gropus (BIG) has a lot of simulations, exercises to pull up the<br />

entrepreneurship<br />

OE People are afraid to sell something.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 121<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


OE he has an advantage and should focus on because he is so small. Things like flexibility, able to react<br />

quickly, one-on-one contact<br />

OE It are small business, with micro-entrepreneurs so that are not the people with a vision.<br />

OE the manager disease is often there.<br />

OE In general they do not have a lot of creativity<br />

OE not always looking at the neighbour, but what can I do different<br />

OE entrepreneurs first do something and will think later.<br />

OE that is something of an entrepreneur. It is do-think-do.<br />

MB what does his social network look like? That appears to be important <strong>for</strong> repaying loans.<br />

MB entrepreneurs who started up their business and have a wife that will say; 'o, now you are an<br />

entrepreneurs, so I can start driving an BMW'<br />

MB people from other cultures who have become an entrepreneur, will have family that will say; 'well, you<br />

are a success now, so you can start taking care of us'.<br />

MB The signs that I receive now, is that people also need coaching about how they should get their family<br />

of their back. Delta Lloyd is now training people to do that.<br />

MB Apparently that is particularly common in the Surinamese society<br />

MB most important are a lot of personal characteristics. Things will go very differently than how you have<br />

planned them. That is the only thing you know <strong>for</strong> sure<br />

MB The income is going to be different, you costs are going to be different, you costumers are going to<br />

react differently, everything is going to be different.<br />

MB In the end, the personal characteristics are the most important, how are you going to deal with that?<br />

MB Whether you remain an entrepreneur is whether you remain calm and see opportunities. I think those<br />

things are more important than all those other things.<br />

MB How does he as a person work?<br />

MB In general, it is important that someone remains flexible no matter what happens and keeps seeing<br />

opportunities. Real entrepreneurs do that.<br />

MB a trait of entrepreneurs is; a lot of ADHD and see a lot of opportunities CS: Very positive<br />

MB how do you cope with failures? If that makes you depressive than you should not do it. Those are<br />

psychosocial factors.<br />

MB Entrepreneurial capacities are important. I think that 'secretly' that is one of the most important things.<br />

MB If someone does not sleep anymore and gets out of control, than it does not work and is not worth it.<br />

MB minimize the risks by really going over that with someone. Plan things, that is something very<br />

important, but there will always be risks.<br />

CS A lot of ZZP-ers are now sitting home on the couch, because there is no work <strong>for</strong> them. Can you<br />

determine based on that whether or not someone can do it?<br />

CS someone would have a good idea but would look weird. Then they would say; 'you are not going to<br />

bring that product to the market', that is just not going to work.<br />

CS someone has it or not, you can try to learn it, but it has to lead to something and you really have to<br />

work <strong>for</strong> it.<br />

CS real entrepreneurs always see chances, opportunities, always keep thinking in chances. Do not give up<br />

after one disappointment.<br />

CS They will find that a pity, an inconvenient, but they are able to get over that very quickly.<br />

CS do a personality test.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 122<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix K – Learning, Growth and Employee<br />

!<br />

TB focused on simple things as customers and employee satisfaction.<br />

TB I used the costumer and employee aspect.<br />

TB employees have their children at their work, in the office. That makes a strange impression, but is that<br />

so strange? And from what perspective is it strange?<br />

TB from the perspective that the customer/employee is a participant in the society and that you provide<br />

services to them, he is very important.<br />

TB It goes wrong when you disconnect customers and employees in your mental model<br />

TB the children of those employee's are just as important.<br />

TB ‘I expect that you per<strong>for</strong>m this role, with a couple of per<strong>for</strong>mance measurements so you know what is<br />

expected’.<br />

TB Whether you do that at home, at a station, in the morning or at night, that is all fine by me. That makes<br />

a big difference.<br />

RL the head of the IT people also buys shares, also undertakes and is part of the enterprise.<br />

RL part of the contract is covering fixed costs, but also when their products are used more often, they will<br />

receive a monthly payment of !X.<br />

RL they also undertake in part of the business and that is also what they like.<br />

OE Learning and growth is about learning by doing. Trial and error. Just start and because you are just by<br />

yourself or with two people you just need to experience it.<br />

OE People also need to learn what is means to be an entrepreneur. The activities they do need to be<br />

manageable.<br />

OE it is more just do it and than afterwards; ‘ok, next time I need to do that differently’<br />

OE Learning goes along the way and often you do not realize that you are learning things.<br />

OE For example a lot of the ZZP-ers do not want to grow. They do not want employees<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 123<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix L – Network<br />

!<br />

Professional Network Private Network Social Network Sites<br />

TB When that happens, people that will come will start trusting each other and over time a network will be<br />

created.<br />

RL We have an advisory board, with which we discuss our plans.<br />

RL We present something and they have a critical look at it and refer us to a contact they have or say this<br />

and this should be better or faster.<br />

RL a group of five IT people, with whom we did a brainstorm session where we went through the whole<br />

idea and when we are one step further we will go over the process again.<br />

RL They come with in<strong>for</strong>mation from a lot of different points of views so that way we get a lot of useful<br />

in<strong>for</strong>mation very quickly.<br />

RL the first six months, we had one or two meetings a week with external people<br />

RL we know them personally, by other people or people refer us again to other people. Just ask them if<br />

they have thirty minutes time to have a cup of coffee and talk <strong>for</strong> a bit.<br />

RL That made it possible to go extremely quick the first six months.<br />

RL That is how we learned a lot and how we created a good network. Those people help us now to get to<br />

the next step.<br />

RL your network is extremely important especially when you offer a service.<br />

RL In the new modern world, you have a lot of resources and have to work together with external parties.<br />

It is extremely important that you see those possibilities and talk to people<br />

RL instead of that you can do only one thing very good and try to keep everything internal<br />

RL have the target, to meet a new expert from your sector every week, that is something very measurable<br />

RL put the level at the top, really want to talk to the top of the bill<br />

RL Just call them, and hope you meet people at social gathering that can help you further.<br />

RL use the social networks. Become a member of the group where somebody is a part of, than you<br />

automatically have a link with that person.<br />

RL Look at every unique costumer and try to become a network organization,<br />

RL when you do not have a lot of money, go on the Internet by Twitter, LinkedIn, Hyves, Facebook, and all<br />

those social sites.<br />

RL because he has a lot of friends from all over the world now, that help him. It does not have to<br />

expensive.<br />

RL go and visit other people. There are a lot of people that do know what to do, do not be afraid to go<br />

there.<br />

OE 'Do you have a marketing department? A purchase department? A (travelling) sales <strong>for</strong>ce? Inside<br />

staff? No I am just by myself.<br />

OE What do you have and what don't you have?<br />

OE For starting entrepreneurs it is particularly important to know what they don't have, so they know what<br />

to get from somewhere else?<br />

OE get them working together, and create a network.<br />

OE That enables them to pass on work if they are too busy, but also get work when they do not have so<br />

much and collaborate with other people to take on bigger tasks together.<br />

OE Create a network instead of only keep on working by yourself.<br />

OE That is something we focus on, building relations and networks.<br />

OE Try to make the majority of the costumers, regular costumers. Really try to establish a relationship with<br />

their costumers.<br />

OE The Business Improvement Groups also plays a role in that. We have done two groups now. Both went<br />

on by themselves, although some people will stop coming or join other networks.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 124<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


OE Those two groups merged later on, that is nice and shows that people like it.<br />

OE That some people go to other networks is logical.<br />

MB what does his social network look like? That appears to be important <strong>for</strong> repaying loans.<br />

CS if you are a micro-entrepreneur, really just by yourself, and you do not have a lot of people that support<br />

you or your idea, then is will also be much harder.<br />

CS if you know by accident a journalist that can publish your product with a picture, that really makes a<br />

difference.<br />

CS part of the potential success can be measured <strong>for</strong>m that.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 125<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix M – Business Development Services<br />

!<br />

Professional Network (types of) BDS Sustainability BDS Compulsory<br />

KH The ‘ondernemerspunten’ provide support writing the business plans<br />

KH you should build a voluntary network.<br />

KH I can find 20 people here at the office that are willing to do something like once a month. Or people<br />

from the banks.<br />

KH you can find people, especially here in the city.<br />

KH Provide every ‘ondernemingspunt’ with a checklist.<br />

KH 'we do not really believe in it, but with the right coaching he will make it'.<br />

KH One person does not have accounting skills, so with him we focus on that.<br />

VS The entrepreneurial test indicates specific entrepreneurial skills. This will be used as input during the<br />

coaching sessions. The result of the test will be compared with the standard from the industry.<br />

VS Based on these points and the personal impression, a first assessment will be done by the consultant<br />

and the type and intensity of coaching will be identified<br />

VS Based on the Qredits-rating the entrepreneur will get a login code <strong>for</strong> the digital coaching network<br />

called ‘Coachingsplein’<br />

VS On this network different coaches have ads <strong>for</strong> their services. These services can be <strong>for</strong> free or <strong>for</strong> a<br />

financial return.<br />

VS The site more or less works like eBay. The entrepreneur can choose a coach and makes<br />

arrangements with the organization.<br />

TB you should only create and support a business when it clearly and explicitly has an economic, and or<br />

social and or ecological objective.<br />

OE They determine when they come in. I always say; 'when you run, I'll run, when you walk, I'll sit down'. It<br />

is your company. I am not going to sit on the chair of the entrepreneur.<br />

OE people enter and ask what do I need to do. Some I will give that book [how to write a business plan]<br />

and tell them to come back when they have read it.<br />

OE With others it is even worse and I will tell them to read the website and to start thinking about what they<br />

want.<br />

OE Others will ask me to email them once a month to ask how far they are with their business plan. Well<br />

that is fine. I always say; 'use me'.<br />

OE If you want me to be the stick behind your door, than I'll be that.<br />

OE the progress is the responsibility of the entrepreneur.<br />

OE specific assistance depends on the questions they have<br />

OE if we cannot help them, we have a big network of accountants, lawyers etc.<br />

OE Someone will bring in a problem; ‘this is something I encounter’. Than with the group, who recognizes<br />

this and what did you do than? People really like it.<br />

OE Around the start people will be at home behind their computer, wondering how the rest of the world<br />

started up a business.<br />

OE How can the BDS institutions, be made sustainable? Many people have tried to answer that question,<br />

but the chance of succeeding is very small.<br />

OE That will remain depended on governmental financial support. What I think is all right.<br />

OE The micro-credit people, or the people from Qredits want to work with volunteers. In my opinion that is<br />

not a good thing.<br />

OE they want to develop entrepreneurial soundboards. For that I have my questions marks, because a<br />

good entrepreneur does not have to be a good advisor.<br />

OE Counselling is also a specific trick.<br />

OE 'A good soccer player does not have to be a good coach'.<br />

OE The ‘Programma Uitzending Managers’ send managers to third world countries to advice companies,<br />

those cocky managers will tell the entrepreneur what he needs to do.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 126<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


OE I am not going to sit on the chair of the entrepreneur. I'll watch out <strong>for</strong> that. He has to do it himself, that<br />

is the trick of counselling.<br />

MB the personal characteristics are the most important, how are you going to deal with that? You can help<br />

someone a little bit with that<br />

MB Developing the right questions is very difficult. That is something they could get help with<br />

CS tighten, improve the business plan.<br />

CS the MF-points are all different. All work differently, all apples, peers, strawberries and mango's mixed<br />

up. Who works well, who doesn't and why is that, what is behind it?<br />

CS help people get started<br />

CS But if someone after three years still didn't make it... I think you should also look at that.<br />

CS at some point they have to be able to hold up their own pants. That is how it works, and that is<br />

something you can do or not. It can take a year or two.<br />

CS Similar with when you win the lottery. That you are put right away under some management, because<br />

people do not know what to do with that kind of money and that all of a sudden everybody is their<br />

friend.<br />

CS You cannot indefinitely coach someone, there has to be a point where it ends.<br />

CS when a company is not getting of the ground, how far do you go?<br />

CS 'ok, the external factors might have been a bit of an influence, but now we are not going on with it<br />

anymore'?<br />

CS The author argued, that microfinance does not help the micro entrepreneur, because they all start the<br />

same thing and compete each other to dead.<br />

CS instead focus on the SME, because those are companies that are able to create jobs. Those are<br />

different kinds of companies.<br />

CS Instead of focussing on the lowest end you should more focus on the middle.<br />

AP No, that is too expensive. There are things like entrepreneurial courses. That is what happens. But that<br />

is a very different level.<br />

AP There financial education is much more useful, to make sure people do not take on to much debt.<br />

AP When you focus on different amounts of money you are going towards another group of people. There<br />

you can propagate some more entrepreneurial skills, accounting and those kinds of things.<br />

AP most MFIs make sure they are not going to sit on the chair of the entrepreneur. They have classes <strong>for</strong><br />

entrepreneurs, so it does happen. But the majority of the MFIs does not do that.<br />

AP They do not do a lot of BDS, they just provide the loan and than look what happens, although there are<br />

exception.<br />

AP That is very focussed, not so much on the entrepreneurial side but on the technical aspect, skills. That<br />

works.<br />

AP At the same time you have to realize that those things cost money so that in the end the interest rate<br />

will have to go up. Unless you make people pay <strong>for</strong> that, that is a trade- off you have to make<br />

AP It really depends on the type of BDS that is provided and it depends on the way it is offered.<br />

AP the focus will now be more on financial education, because there is a bubble growing under the<br />

microfinance market. The first priority is to prevent over-indebtedness.<br />

AP Some organizations want to help their customers with improving their business. That is something that<br />

happens with the bigger loans.<br />

AP when you offer something, you not only say we trained so much people but also show how much that<br />

has yielded.<br />

AP There is a gap between MFI and big banks. In between it is difficult to find finance, which is also the<br />

gap where more the real entrepreneurs are, the SME.<br />

AP The missing middle, loans of !10.000 - !100.000. Those amounts are too big <strong>for</strong> the MFI and too small<br />

and risky <strong>for</strong> the mainstream banks. That is the birth room of entrepreneurship.<br />

AP the focus should be on that group, because they have the most growth potential,<br />

AP everybody that is in the missing middles comes from the microfinance sector. How do you make sure<br />

that from the microfinance, those people flow to the next level?<br />

AP In the seventies it was often compulsory. But the classes were not demand focussed, so the quality did<br />

not match with the requirements of the target group. In the end the target group did not benefit from it.<br />

AP When you approach it more from a market perspective and charge people <strong>for</strong> it, then they will also<br />

make demands<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 127<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix N – General BSC model<br />

!<br />

Usefulness Visual Think Similar Model<br />

KH coaching is a really important part of microfinance, but not part of the model.<br />

KH it would be great if it will be something that is actually going to be used.<br />

KH Provide every ‘ondernemingspunt’ with a checklist.<br />

KH when you have a sufficient amount of yes’s this will happen. If you have less amount of yes’s than you<br />

will get additional coaching, but we still say yes. But if not than it will be no.<br />

VS The complete picture is being analyzed, the financial plan, the business plan, the entrepreneur but not<br />

so much at the ratios.<br />

VS At the end you look at the complete picture and you can cross things out against each other. It is quite<br />

subjective.<br />

TB We need to re-invent the business model and need to eliminate the impact the Friedman’s had. We<br />

need to make that mainstream.<br />

TB Do not start from the financial perspective. But accepted that the financial is only there to facilitate the<br />

other aspects. Go to the costumer and employee and ask what do you really want.<br />

TB look at Norton and Kaplan, from a view that they were also looking at it from the same idea as<br />

Friedman. You need to get a curtain benefit from the system.<br />

TB pick only one [economical, ecological or social] and focus on that. Next you adjust your business plan,<br />

what do I need <strong>for</strong> the organization. Next you need to know how your employee's and customers fit in<br />

that. The financial is than separate.<br />

TB when you are developing such a vision <strong>for</strong> entrepreneurs, than other things will become easier as well<br />

TB Because you have a grip<br />

TB you do not only give the entrepreneur a quality impulse, cause when you ask him those questions he<br />

needs to think about it, but that you also give your own financial organization a quality impulse.<br />

TB You only need to change your focus to see the solution<br />

TB What <strong>value</strong>s we want to provide to our clients? What <strong>value</strong>s do we want to provide to our money<br />

supplies or shareholders? And what <strong>value</strong> do we want to provide to the employees of our organizations<br />

and to the society as a whole?<br />

TB From the perspective that when the society would not provide or withhold you the license to operate,<br />

you are done. If you cannot get employees or clients you are also done. Same <strong>for</strong> money.<br />

TB always focused on the relation between those four<br />

TB you have a mental model <strong>for</strong> a couple of stakeholders, costumer, employee, a capital provider should<br />

be included, also the society.<br />

TB measure all those four, from the perspective what do you want to achieve with that business model,<br />

<strong>for</strong>m a social, ecologic and economical perspective?<br />

TB Than connect objective and indicators to those aspects<br />

RL Finance, goes to customer proposition. Under that you have the process, <strong>for</strong> every function. Than you<br />

have the people that work with that.<br />

RL The <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard gives a good overview.<br />

RL you can see where it goes wrong, by following the arrows you can see what is linked to it.<br />

RL It <strong>for</strong>ces you to think something through.<br />

RL when you start to work it out you will run into problems that you did not <strong>for</strong>esee.<br />

RL It is better to encounter those problems in an early stage, than when you are already half way setting<br />

up your business and invested money.<br />

RL Better to first think about it, so I think the model is very useful.<br />

RL The traditional model is less suitable <strong>for</strong> when you offer services<br />

RL it is ‘old school’, based on the old manufacturing processes. That is not the modern world. On the<br />

Internet you can do so much more.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 128<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


OE you need to make it visual.<br />

OE the people come in here with a head full of ideas, than we need to pull the wires and make them start<br />

thinking about how they are going to realize that.<br />

OE Strange thing of this book is that it does not have a liquidity budget included<br />

OE The good thing about the book is that it is related to an example start up company, so people do not<br />

need to invent the wheel again.<br />

OE usually people get scared when they need to make a business plan.<br />

OE 'it is more the process that you enter, than the book that you will end up with, unless you need a loan,<br />

than you will need a decent plan'.<br />

OE The first question does not give an answer, but causes more questions; try to put them in the correct<br />

place. That is more important than the business plan that you’re never going to look at again.<br />

OE They do not think about it enough.<br />

OE Build into the model an evaluation moment <strong>for</strong> entrepreneurs to review whether they still offer what the<br />

customers demand. If you would manage this, that would already be a big step<br />

OE continuing market research would improve the survival rate of the small entrepreneurs. Especially the<br />

niche is where the small entrepreneurs can jump in.<br />

OE Action plans are always handy, matrixes are good, some drawings, but reading a book no.<br />

OE just the big highlight, the things that are important.<br />

OE clearly show in the model what is connected to what.<br />

OE Make clear that when this pawn falls, somewhere else something will fall as well.<br />

OE make this model into some kind of action plan, where we can show, if you do this than that will happen.<br />

If you do not do this than that will happen. That will be worthwhile <strong>for</strong> an entrepreneur.<br />

OE you could say: ‘here is the model, use it <strong>for</strong> your own company’.<br />

OE you can demonstrate it in a morning and show what aspects come into play and how it is related and<br />

works together<br />

MB a lot of people that will have to think about these things, will come to a moment where they think; 'men,<br />

I do not know how this works, or I do not want all this'.<br />

MB When they go through these steps and realize what it all means and than still want it..., but a lot of<br />

people will draw the conclusion that it is not <strong>for</strong> them.<br />

CS that is quite innovative and something you can help the MF-points with.<br />

CS the MF-points are all different. All work differently, all apples, peers, strawberries and mango's mixed<br />

up. Who works well, who doesn't and why is that, what is behind it?<br />

AP you measure curtain aspects of your organization, at the level of the customer, organization level and<br />

just measure what the results are.<br />

AP When that is higher than a curtain threshold <strong>value</strong>, a red light will turn on. Than you will look at what is<br />

causing that? Is it an accident? Or is it something structural and what can we do about it?<br />

AP basically it is used to translate your mission to measurable objectives and based on the results you<br />

have a feedback loop.<br />

AP It is really about operationalizing your mission into concrete objectives and linking those to several<br />

indicators. The results are used to improve you internal business processes.<br />

AP In the microfinance sector people think very heavy, weighty about it. I do not find it more than just<br />

doing good management. You see that it becomes more important <strong>for</strong> the MFIs<br />

AP when you see results you can have a look at what is causing that. Improving the internal processes is<br />

what it is about.<br />

AP When you look at the basic things starting entrepreneurs do, than he does not need such a BSC.<br />

AP That is more <strong>for</strong> entrepreneurs that are already in business <strong>for</strong> a while and wants to consolidate their<br />

business.<br />

AP When you start you have a business plan and than you just need to do. An entrepreneurship is more<br />

about doing.<br />

AP This is more an analytical model, which has <strong>value</strong>, when your organisation is at a curtain level.<br />

AP This model also drives on being able to get the right in<strong>for</strong>mation from somewhere. The average<br />

starters is already happy when he has a decent accounting system, they usually hire someone <strong>for</strong> that.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 129<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix O – Relation and Link<br />

!<br />

Equally Related Less Related Strongly Related<br />

KH Except <strong>for</strong> the social aspect it is all related. The organizational model and the product will lead to<br />

whether you will reach your financial plan. There is a link, a large link between them.<br />

KH Your financials can be very good, but if you are selling the wrong product, or if you are not the right<br />

person to do so, you are not going to make it<br />

KH The three aspects are related and the social aspect is more by itself<br />

KH if you are not the right person to execute it, and you are not selling the right product, at the right place<br />

and the right time and have a lousy service, it will just not bring you to the financial plan.<br />

VS During the screening process, the business consultant critically analyzes both the entrepreneur and his<br />

business plan, but also has a critical look at the entrepreneurs’ personal situation.<br />

VS Based on these points and the personal impression, a first assessment will be done by the consultant<br />

and the type and intensity of coaching will be identified<br />

VS Based on points awarded to nine different subjects an overall view is created. The loan officer gives his<br />

own view at the end. These nine subjects are divided into the following categories:<br />

VS The entrepreneur;<br />

1)- experience,<br />

2)- education and<br />

3)- (entrepreneurial) competences<br />

VS The business plan;<br />

4)- product,<br />

5)- market and<br />

6)- marketing<br />

VS The credit need<br />

7)- exact amount<br />

The financial analysis<br />

8)- balance sheet and<br />

9)- liquidity<br />

VS Each point will get a score from 1-5 points; the overall score will be between 9-45. This will be the<br />

basis <strong>for</strong> the Qredits-rating that will determine the coaching’s intensity<br />

TB We can only do that by repairing the link between those organizations and the society.<br />

TB That also counts <strong>for</strong> Norton and Kaplan, when you organize such a Balance Scorecard from different<br />

domains than the relation between those parts is relevant.<br />

TB What <strong>value</strong>s we want to provide to our clients? What <strong>value</strong>s do we want to provide to our money<br />

supplies or shareholders? And what <strong>value</strong> do we want to provide to the employees of our organizations<br />

and to the society as a whole?<br />

TB From the perspective that when the society would not provide or withhold you the license to operate,<br />

you are done. If you cannot get employees or clients you are also done. Same <strong>for</strong> if you cannot get<br />

money.<br />

TB always focused on the relation between those four<br />

TB the financial should only be serving the other perspectives.<br />

TB first social, financial only serving, than costumer<br />

TB It goes wrong when you disconnect customers and employees in your mental model<br />

RL Finance, goes to customer proposition. Under that you have the process, <strong>for</strong> every function. Than you<br />

have the people that work with that.<br />

RL The <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard gives a good overview.<br />

RL you can see where it goes wrong, by following the arrows you can see what is linked to it.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 130<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


OE clearly show in the model what is connected to what.<br />

OE Make clear that when this pawn falls, somewhere else something will fall as well.<br />

OE That is something we really talk about in-depth. What is the motivation to start a business?<br />

OE Especially the first question; 'why do you so badly want to have your own business?' The first three<br />

years you will be in the shit.<br />

OE it is very important to realize: ‘I choose <strong>for</strong> this because, ... ‘<br />

OE I always say; 'the financials are the foundation of your plan'. It should not be the drive<br />

OE Start with the mission, what do you want to contribute? Financials on the side, only facilitating. It is<br />

important but should not be the drive.<br />

OE When you say now, in five years I want to do this and this, it does not mean that you cannot change<br />

your plan in the mean time<br />

OE than back to the action plan, where do you want to be in 6 months, and what needs to be done in the<br />

mean time?<br />

OE When you say now, in five years I want to do this and this, it does not mean that you cannot change<br />

your plan in the mean time<br />

OE First really think about why you want to start and from there make sure you offer something that people<br />

demand.<br />

MB Its difficult to prioritize and relate those things. In the end if you can life from it is very important. It<br />

might be first the person, should he try to be an entrepreneur? Second can he life from that, and that is<br />

related to his product and the demand.<br />

MB Financials are than not the drive but just facilitating<br />

MB In general, it is important that someone remains flexible no matter what happens and keeps seeing<br />

opportunities. Real entrepreneurs do that.<br />

CS someone would have a good idea but would look weird. Then they would say; 'you are not going to<br />

bring that product to the market', that is just not going to work.<br />

CS someone has it or not, you can try to learn it, but it has to lead to something and you really have to<br />

work <strong>for</strong> it.<br />

CS It will of course be very nice, but [the social aspects] is almost optional.<br />

CS I think you have to remain realistic and that it stays useable.<br />

AP Social objectives, but it can also be environmental objectives. Often you see that there are also<br />

financial objectives related to that.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 131<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix P – Most Important<br />

Financial Social Demand Personal Satisfaction Reason to Start Network<br />

KH The financials in general, and do those ads up to profit. A real in- depth check, does this make sense?<br />

KH on the one hand the social aspect and on the other hand the more financial side, those are the two<br />

main important things.<br />

VS The entrepreneur really needs to show that he taught his plan through. He needs to know what his<br />

customers want. Show that he has done market research, searched the Internet.<br />

TB the most important thing is that he is satisfied, why does he need to make money than?<br />

TB Do not start from the financial perspective. Accepted that the financial is only there to facilitate the<br />

other aspects. Go to the costumer and employee and ask what do you really want.<br />

TB make the social aspect important. What do you want to contribute to the society? Empowerment of<br />

people, growth. Ask yourself, what do you want to achieve?<br />

TB you should only create and support a business when it clearly and explicitly has an economic, and or<br />

social and or ecological objective. I really mean that.<br />

RL the first step is to see where the demand is. Without demand, you do not even need to start.<br />

RL your network is extremely important especially when you offer a service.<br />

OE That is something we really talk about in-depth. What is the motivation to start a business?<br />

OE Especially the first question; 'why do you so badly want to have your own business?' The first three<br />

years you will be in the shit.<br />

OE it is very important to realize: ‘I choose <strong>for</strong> this because, ... ‘<br />

MB That is very important that people do not start when is does not make sense.<br />

MB most important are a lot of personal characteristics.<br />

MB Things will go very differently than how you have planned them. In the end, the personal characteristics<br />

are the most important, how are you going to deal with that?<br />

MB Entrepreneurial capacities are important. I think that 'secretly' that is one of the most important things.<br />

MB Whether you remain an entrepreneur is whether you remain calm and see opportunities. I think those<br />

things are more important than all those other things.<br />

MB In the end if you can life from it is very important.<br />

AP For example MFI want to improve the living conditions of their costumers. How do we create insight,<br />

and how can we check whether that is really happening?<br />

AP In first instance that is really about the measurement, how do you make sure you measure something<br />

that you know how well you are doing?<br />

AP Second how do I use the in<strong>for</strong>mation I measured in my internal business processes, to use that in a<br />

strategic way. When I see, that my customers, my microfinance customers do not get better from it, by<br />

income or assets or whatever.<br />

AP What I find important is that when you implement this at a MFI, than what is the mission of that MFI?<br />

When that is the empowerment of women, if that is your mission, than you need to be able to say<br />

something about that.<br />

AP Is that going good, how many women did we empower, what is that and how do we measure that?<br />

AP If you are a MFI that does not focus on woman, than I do not think it makes a lot of sense to measure<br />

the percentage of women.<br />

AP In that perspective, if you talk about do you measure millennium goals, which are still relatively broad. I<br />

am more specific, I sit down with them and talk about; 'what is your mission and what concrete<br />

objectives can you filter from that, and from there measure.<br />

AP you can look at several things, you can look at what type of customers do I have? Most organizations<br />

say we focus on poor costumers. Than, I want to see that. Than you will help such an organization to<br />

measure whether they are helping the right target group.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 132<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix Q – Measurement and Indicators<br />

!<br />

KH How many people actually visit the location? How long do people stay?<br />

KH similar to job interviews, how do you know the person can do it?<br />

KH have an interview <strong>for</strong> the last round with someone, than you will get a feeling.<br />

TB The first group relates to the objectives of the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the individual expansion. What is the<br />

quality of a debtor of such a business plan etc, etc?<br />

TB The second set of standard, measurements relates to the per<strong>for</strong>mance of your credit organization.<br />

What are my costs, what are the costs of funding, what are my financial characteristics, what is the<br />

rating of my organization?<br />

TB The third set of observations relates to the question, what economic, what social and what objectives<br />

has this bank in the given working area, a country, county, city, village, maybe a enterprise network,<br />

the farmers bank in... etc, etc?<br />

TB How are these objectives <strong>for</strong>mulated? And what measurements do you have to check whether the<br />

bank is making a contribution towards that?<br />

TB From there, you could start developing some kind of <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard and than it would appear that<br />

in most of the cases initially a lot of attention is <strong>for</strong> the per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

TB also social objective need to be able to be measured otherwise that are not good.<br />

TB the economical output of that group needs to provide a contribution, <strong>for</strong> example to the GDP that is the<br />

same as the contribution of the average Dutch person.<br />

TB it goes wrong due to the measurements and especially the financial measurements that we link with to<br />

a single perspective. From the lending company or the investing company<br />

TB do the output measurement in bags of potatoes or something similar. It is completely irrelevant if I have<br />

made !100.000, -<br />

TB the goal should be to break even<br />

TB Also HRM systems, 90% is about rewards. I know from experience that that is not true, especially <strong>for</strong><br />

people of my age.<br />

RL we know that people will use the site to search, but how do you measure a search function?<br />

OE than back to the action plan, where do you want to be in 6 months, and what needs to be done in the<br />

mean time?<br />

OE When you say now, in five years I want to do this and this, it does not mean that you cannot change<br />

your plan in the mean time<br />

AP For example MFI want to improve the living conditions of their costumers. How do we create insight,<br />

and how can we check whether that is really happening?<br />

AP In first instance that is really about the measurement, how do you make sure you measure something<br />

that you know how well you are doing?<br />

AP Second how do I use the in<strong>for</strong>mation I measured in my internal business processes, to use that in a<br />

strategic way. When I see, that my customers, my microfinance customers do not get better from it, by<br />

income or assets or whatever.<br />

AP What I find important is that when you implement this at a MFI, than what is the mission of that MFI?<br />

When that is the empowerment of women, if that is your mission, than you need to be able to say<br />

something about that.<br />

AP Is that going good, how many women did we empower, what is that and how do we measure that?<br />

AP If you are a MFI that does not focus on woman, than I do not think it makes a lot of sense to measure<br />

the percentage of women.<br />

AP In that perspective, if you talk about do you measure millennium goals, which are still relatively broad. I<br />

am more specific, I sit down with them and talk about; 'what is your mission and what concrete<br />

objectives can you filter from that, and from there measure.<br />

AP you can look at several things, you can look at what type of customers do I have? Most organizations<br />

say we focus on poor costumers. Than, I want to see that. Than you will help such an organization to<br />

measure whether they are helping the right target group.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 133<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix R – Sustainability of <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

!<br />

KH How can it be made financially sustainable but than as a whole, so on a large scale, not on one<br />

specific grant.<br />

KH Than you are almost getting toward a bank that only takes the interesting people and the social part is<br />

left out.<br />

KH There is demand, definitely, but it depends on how you promote it. Currently the money is the<br />

bottleneck.<br />

KH The more money you get, the more money you should invest in the microfinance ‘ondernemerspunten’<br />

to ensure your promotion and make sure you get enough applications.<br />

KH When you have more money, you will promote more and than there will be more clients.<br />

KH It is like a spy roll, when more people apply, more people will know about it, more people will apply.<br />

KH If you have enough capital and microfinance really gets known it can be doable<br />

KH In that case the government should decide whether they want it and if yes than finance it<br />

KH Companies or even private people can invest in microfinance. If it got sufficient return, it will be<br />

interesting to do so.<br />

VS in the developing countries organizations provide loans just to provide loans. Interest rates of 25% or<br />

50% are no exception and can even go up to a 100%. The highest heard of so far is 400%.<br />

VS Often these organizations started out from a social point of view but turned into being economically<br />

driven.<br />

TB In the past we needed infrastructure and buildings where people were working and expensive<br />

computers. But do we still need all that?<br />

TB why do we need that expensive infrastructure?<br />

TB In financial markets you can do everything from a complete virtual identity. Why do we need than those<br />

big bank buildings?<br />

TB The whole crisis has to do with the institutions that have had their time and were important. We do not<br />

need them anymore; we really do not need them anymore. There are markets and trade areas, and<br />

paying systems<br />

TB Does that need to be of a curtain scale? I doubt it. There are banking systems, also in Ethiopia, really.<br />

Why could we not use those systems <strong>for</strong> objectives that are small of scale?<br />

TB If we have all those virtual networks, where do we need the offices <strong>for</strong>?<br />

TB Things go wrong when we have systemized them, then things go wrong and lead to crises.<br />

TB you need to step away from idea that you need to increase the scale to make it cheaper, that is<br />

probably not the case<br />

TB in most of the cases initially a lot of attention is <strong>for</strong> the per<strong>for</strong>mance of the organization. It is excepted<br />

that because of grants and donations the contribution towards the society can be continued.<br />

OE How can the BDS institutions, be made sustainable? Many people have tried to answer that question,<br />

but the chance of succeeding is very small.<br />

OE That will remain depended on governmental financial support. What I think is all right.<br />

OE The micro-credit people, or the people from Qredits want to work with volunteers. In my opinion that is<br />

not a good thing.<br />

CS The author argued, that microfinance does not help the micro- entrepreneur, because they all start the<br />

same thing and compete each other to dead.<br />

CS instead focus on the SME, because those are companies that are able to create jobs. Those are<br />

different kinds of companies.<br />

CS Instead of focussing on the lowest end you should more focus on the middle.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 134<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


AP Somebody has an idea and than they do the same. Those people create a stiff competition <strong>for</strong> each<br />

other<br />

AP There has been created a big myth around microcredit, a view that costumers start a business, that<br />

that works successfully and that they hire employees. That is nonsense, absolutely nonsense.<br />

AP in developing countries the MFI usually are sustainable.<br />

AP The competition is increasing, in the first years it did not matter what you did, you would 'get ride of'<br />

your money any way, get ride of, be able to disburse enough loans.<br />

AP Now you see the competition increasing and the more professional your organization is, the better you<br />

will get out of that battle<br />

AP there is a bubble growing under the microfinance market. In some countries the bubble already<br />

bursted. A lot of people had too much loans and just couldn't pay back anymore, causing the MFIs to<br />

default.<br />

AP When you provide a loan of hundred euros, than you cannot add a lot of extra costs, because it needs<br />

to remain financially sustainable. On a bigger loan you can do more.<br />

AP There is a gap between MFI and big banks. In between it is difficult to find finance, which is also the<br />

gap where more the real entrepreneurs are, the SME.<br />

AP The missing middle, loans of !10.000 - !100.000. Those amounts are too big <strong>for</strong> the MFI and too small<br />

and risky <strong>for</strong> the mainstream banks. That is the birth room of entrepreneurship.<br />

AP the focus should be on that group, because they have the most growth potential,<br />

AP everybody that is in the missing middles comes from the MF sector. How do you make sure that from<br />

the MF those people flow to the next level?<br />

AP I find the idea of microcredit in the Netherlands relatively ridicule,<br />

AP I can imagine that in the Netherlands the primary goal is to make that sustainable.<br />

AP maybe it can not be financially sustainable, but as a society we find it so important that we want to<br />

spent public money on that. Make a clear decision on that.<br />

AP That really depends on your objectives, do you only want to focus on those entrepreneurs, where you<br />

know or expect that they will make it.<br />

AP upfront you can never predict that, in that sense it will be a guess.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 135<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Appendix S – Qredits<br />

!<br />

KH The main outcome was to bring Qredits really up to scale so that the interest rate will cover the default<br />

rate and cover the cost <strong>for</strong> Qredits<br />

KH than the financial part and whether you belief in really the business case, is much more important to<br />

you than the social aspect.<br />

KH That is a trade-off that Qredits needs to make. You do not want Qredits to finance only the none risk<br />

KH focus on people who do not get a loan from a normal bank that means your social part is much more<br />

important,<br />

KH it shouldn’t be an easy way of borrowing money, the people need to invest themselves as well to<br />

ensure that they really feel committed to it.<br />

KH a balance between financial and social and it is up to them how they want the balance to look like.<br />

KH Whether they only want to focus on strong business cases or also want to help people that do not have<br />

a lot of other opportunities left.<br />

VS because we are still so young we are quite vulnerable and if we were to default it would be the end of<br />

this type of credit supply <strong>for</strong> entrepreneurs.<br />

VS We are a foundation so we are not profit driven but are aim is to become sustainable.<br />

VS We have a clear business target group and do not provide personal loans.<br />

TB Do not only look at the individual relation but also at the relation <strong>for</strong> the whole society and whether that<br />

is what you want to realize<br />

TB by doing so you not only give the entrepreneur a quality impulse, cause when you ask him that<br />

question he needs to think about it, but that you also give your own financial organization a quality<br />

impulse<br />

OE The micro-credit people, or the people from Qredits want to work with volunteers. In my opinion that is<br />

not a good thing.<br />

MB The dialectics of progress<br />

MB They do not have Business Development Services. That makes it easier to become sustainable<br />

MB They do have a ‘coachingsplein’, where entrepreneurs can find a coach, but financially that is<br />

separated<br />

CS The budget has to be accurate, if you need !60.000, Qredits is not the right place to go. Maybe it is,<br />

maybe it’s not. They have a maximum.<br />

AP Qredits is not yet financially sustainable, and still depends on subsidises of the government,<br />

AP When the goal is to stimulate entrepreneurship, than you should be able to measure that, especially<br />

because a lot of tax money is spent on it, subsidies from the government.<br />

AP An MFI as well as any organizations should be able to transparently communicate the results, if it<br />

where only <strong>for</strong> your shareholders. Especially when you borrow <strong>for</strong>m government subsidies,<br />

AP If you need twenty-five people to disburse 800 hundred loans, I think that is quite large.<br />

AP when you find it difficult to provide 800 loans, than I think you can not be to strict and say we only focus<br />

on people that are under the... on the other side, in the end you need to know who your target group is,<br />

why you where erected.<br />

AP You need to relate that to the reality, such an organization is in. If you only helped 800 people the<br />

previous two years, than you cannot be too strict. Then you also need to let go of these ambitions.<br />

AP I find MF in the Netherlands ridicule. I think the target group is just too small; maybe there are only 800<br />

people that qualify <strong>for</strong> that.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 136<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


AP If you focus on the group that cannot get a loan from a bank, than you need to show that those people<br />

cannot get loans from banks.<br />

AP I find 25 people <strong>for</strong> 800 loans quite a lot<br />

AP you need to be able to justify why that money is being used, and you can only do that by clearly saying<br />

we are focusing on this target group,<br />

AP those people are unable to get a loan at the bank, but because we invest money in them, they are able<br />

to start there own business, that creates so many jobs,<br />

AP people want development work to be more accountable <strong>for</strong> their results. It should be the same <strong>for</strong><br />

development work within the Netherlands, what this is, so here it should also be done.<br />

AP how far you can go with getting involved with the entrepreneurship. In the end you customer is the<br />

entrepreneur and he or she decides what he wants to do.<br />

AP The only things a financial institution can do are giving advice and in the end determine whether they<br />

invest or not.<br />

AP When the financial institution gets to much involved, than you will get in a conflict of interest<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 137<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Bibliography<br />

Affleck, A. and Mellor, A. (2006), 'Community Development Finance: A Neo-Market Solution<br />

to Social Exclusion?', Journal of Social Policy, Vol. 35, Issue 2, pp. 303-319.<br />

Ahn, H. (2001), 'Applying the balanced scorecard concept: an experience report', Long<br />

Range Planning, Vol. 34, pp. 441-461.<br />

Atkinson, A. and Waterhouse, J. (1997), 'A Stakeholder Approach to Strategic Per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

Measurement', Sloan Management Review, Spring, pp. 25-37.<br />

Ax, C. and Bjornenak, T. (2005), 'Bundling and diffusion of management accounting<br />

innovations: the case of the balanced scorecard in Sweden', Management Accounting<br />

Research, Vol. 24, Issue 6, pp. 631-638.<br />

Babbie, E. (2004), The Practice of Social Research, 10th edition, Thomson Wadsworth,<br />

United States<br />

Bates, T. (1995), Why do minority business development programs generate so little minority<br />

business development?, Economic Development Quarterly, Vol. 9, Issue 1, pp. 3-14.<br />

Benjamin, L., Rubin, J.S. and Zielenbach, S. (2004), 'Community Development Financial<br />

Institutions: Current Issues and Future Prospects ', Journal of Urban Affairs, Vol. 26, Issue 2,<br />

pp. 177-195.<br />

Boer, M. de and Stefano, C. (2010), Interview with the author on 19 August 2010. Utrecht.<br />

[Audio recording in possession of author]<br />

Bullens, T. (2010), Interview with the author on 5 August 2010. Breukelen. [Audio recording<br />

in possession of author]<br />

Burgis, T. (2008), <strong>Microfinance</strong> commercialisation warning [online], Financial Times,<br />

Available from: http://www.ft.com/cms/s/0/6f05707e-5cc5-11dd-8d38-000077b07658.html<br />

[Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />

Businessweek (2005), Nobel Winner Yunus - Microcredit Missionary [online],<br />

Businessweek, Available from: http://www.businessweek.com/magazine/content/05_52/<br />

b3965024.htm [Accessed: 17.3.2010].<br />

Canale, R.R. (2010), Microcredit in advanced economies as a ‘third way’: a theoretical<br />

reflection, University of Naples ‘Parthenope’.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 138<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


CDFA (2006), CDFA Glossary of Community Development Finance, February, 2006.<br />

CDFA, MFC, EMN (2007), From exclusion to inclusion through microfinance, European<br />

Commission, London, Warsaw, Paris, pp. 3-7.<br />

CDFI Data Project (2005), Providing Capital – Building Communities – Creating Impact, 5th<br />

edition, Philadelphia.<br />

CGAP (2003), <strong>Microfinance</strong> Consensus Guidelines – Definitions of Selected Financial<br />

Terms, Ratios, and Adjustments <strong>for</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>. Washington, CGAP.<br />

Cobbold, I. and Lawrie, G. (2002), Classification of <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecards based on their<br />

intended use [online], 2GC Active Management, Available from:<br />

http://www.2gc.co.uk/pdf/2GC-CP-ClassBSC-090311.pdf [Accessed: 14.7.2010].<br />

Cobbold, I. and Lawrie, G. (2004), 'Third-generation balanced scorecard: evolution of an<br />

effective strategic control tool', International Journal of Productivity and Per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

Management, Vol. 53, Issue 7, pp. 611-623.<br />

Corbin, J. and Strauss, A. (1990), 'Grounded Theory Research - Procedures, Canons, and<br />

Evaluative Criteria', Qualitative Sociology, Vol. 13, No.1, pp. 3-21.<br />

Council <strong>for</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong> (2007), Microfinanciering als impuls voor ondernemerschap in<br />

Nederland [online], rijksoverheid.nl, pp. 1-8, Available from:<br />

http://www.rijksoverheid.nl/documenten-en-publicaties/rapporten/2007/10/15/advies-van-de-<br />

raad-voor-microfinanciering.html [Accessed: 8.6.2010].<br />

Covey, S. 2009, 'de ondernemerskalender 2009', 10 September 2009.<br />

Crompton, P. (2007), 'Double Bottom Line Growth', 7th Annual MicroEnterprise Conference,<br />

March 12-13, 2004, FINCA International, Inc., Provo, Utah, p. 11.<br />

Davig, W., Elbert, N. and Brown, S. (2004), 'Implementing a Strategic Planning Model <strong>for</strong><br />

Small Manufacturing Firms: An Adaptation of the <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard', S.A.M. Advanced<br />

Management Journal, Vol. 69, Issue 1, pp. 18-25.<br />

Dayson, K., Vik, P., Paterson, B. and Salt, A. (2009), Making European microfinance more<br />

sustainable – lessons from Britain, 5th annual EMN conference.<br />

Denzin, N.K. (1989), Interpretive Interactionism, Newbury Park, Sage Publications, CA.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 139<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Derban, W., Binner, J. and Mullineux, A. (2005), 'Loan Repayment Per<strong>for</strong>mance in<br />

Community Development Finance Institutions in the UK', Journal of Small Business<br />

Economics, Vol. 25, pp. 319-332.<br />

De Wever, B., Schellens, T., Valcke, M., and Van Keer, H. (2006), Content analysis<br />

schemes to analyze transcripts of online asynchronous discussion groups: A review,<br />

Computer & Education, Vol. 46, pp. 6-28.<br />

EIM (2009), Cyclicality of SME finance, European Communities, Brussels, pp. 14-18.<br />

Emans, B. (2002), Interviewen; Theorie, Techniek en Training. 4e druk, Stenfert Kroese,<br />

Groningen.<br />

Ende, O. van der (2010), Interview with the author on 16 August 2010. Utrecht. [Audio<br />

recording in possession of author]<br />

Engels, P. (2009), Mission Drift in <strong>Microfinance</strong> - The influence of institutional and country<br />

risk indicators on the trade-off between the financial and social per<strong>for</strong>mance of microfinance<br />

institutions [online], Aurelia, Available from: http://www.aurelia.nl/Pim%20Engels%20-<br />

%20Mission%20Drift%20in%20<strong>Microfinance</strong>.pdf [Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />

European Commission (2001), Creating Top-Class Business Support Services, European<br />

Commission, Brussels, p.4.<br />

European Commission (2007), Facts and Figures [online], European Commission, p. 5,<br />

Available from: http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/smes/facts_figures_en.htm [Accessed:<br />

11.7.2010].<br />

Evers, J. and Jung, M. (2005), Reaching the potential of microfinance <strong>for</strong> economic growth,<br />

social inclusion and regional development through a coherent European funding policy,<br />

European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network, p. 2.<br />

Evers, J. and Jung, M. (2007), Status of microfinance in Western Europe – an academic<br />

review, Paris: European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network (March), p. 10.<br />

Gemeente Den Haag (2009), Leningen voor ondernemers [online], denhaag.nl, Available<br />

from: http://www.denhaag.nl/home/bedrijven-en-instellingen/ondernemen/to-1/Leningen-<br />

voor-ondernemers.htm?channel=pdf [Accessed: 07.08.2010].<br />

Fitzgerald, L., Johnson, R. and Brignall, S. (1991), Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement in Service<br />

Businesses, CIMA, London.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 140<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Fitzgerald, L. and Moon, P, (1996). Per<strong>for</strong>mance Measurement in the Service Industries:<br />

Making it Work. CIMA, London.<br />

Gaskill, L.R., Van Auken, H.E. and Manning, R.A. (1993), ‘A Factor Analytic Study of the<br />

Perceived Causes of Small Business Failure,’ Journal of Small Business Management, Vol.<br />

31, Issue 4, pp. 18-24.<br />

Glaser, B. and Strauss, A. (1967). ‘The discovery of grounded theory: strategies <strong>for</strong><br />

qualitative research.’, Aldine Publishing Company, New York<br />

Gokhale, K. (2009), A Global Surge in Tiny Loans Spurs Credit Bubble in a Slum [online],<br />

The Wall Street Journal, Available from: http://online.wsj.com/article/<br />

SB125012112518027581.html [Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />

Golafshani, N. (2003), Understanding Reliability and Validity in Qualitative Research, The<br />

Qualitative Report, Vol. 8, Issue 4, pp. 597-606.<br />

Gomes, R.C. and Liddle, J. (2009), 'The <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard as a Per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

Management Tool <strong>for</strong> Third Sector Organizations: the Case of the Arthur Bernardes<br />

Foundation, Brazil', Brazilian Administration Review, Curitiba, Vol. 6, Issue 4, pp. 354-366.<br />

Gonzalez-Vega, C. (1998), Do Financial Institutions have a role in assisting the poor?,<br />

Strategic Issues in <strong>Microfinance</strong>. Eds. M.S. Kimenyi, R.C. Wieland and J.D. Von Pischke.<br />

Brookfield, VT, Ashgate, pp. 11-26.<br />

Granger, B. and Lämmerman, S. (2009), 'MFI efficiency and State intervention - what<br />

correlation?', First European research conference on microfinance, June 2-4, 2009, Advancia<br />

Business School, Paris, p. 19.<br />

Greatbanks, R. and Tapp, D. (2007), 'The impact of balanced scorecards in a public sector<br />

environment: empirical evidence from Dunedin city council, New Zealand', International<br />

Journal of Operations and Production Management, Vol. 27, Issue 8, pp. 846-873.<br />

Guichandut, P. and Underwood, T. (2007), Microcredit in the European Union, An<br />

Overview, In KfW Bankengruppe (Eds.), <strong>Microfinance</strong> in Germany and Europe, pp. 33-52,<br />

Frankfurt.<br />

Haas, M. de and Kleingeld, A. (1999), 'Multilevel design of per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement<br />

systems: enhancing strategic dialogue throughout the organization', Management<br />

Accounting Research, Vol. 10, Issue 3, pp. 233-261.<br />

Haber, S., and Reichel, A. (2005), ‘Identifying per<strong>for</strong>mances measures of small ventures:<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 141<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


the case of the tourism industry,’ Journal of Small Business Management, Vol. 43, Issue 3,<br />

pp. 257- 286.<br />

Hartarska, V., Caudill, S.B. and Grooper, D.M. (2006), The Cost Structure of <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

Institutions in Eastern Europe and Central Asia, William Davidson Institute Working Paper<br />

Number 809, January 2006.<br />

Heemskerk, F. (2009a), Zelfstandig Ondernemerschap - Brief van de Staatssecretaris van<br />

Economische Zaken [online], Overheid.nl, p. 1, Available from: https://zoek.<br />

officielebekendmakingen.nl/kst-31311-35.html [Accessed: 11.07.2010].<br />

Heemskerk, F. (2009b), Stimuleer en steun starters [online], Zicht op Ondernemen, Vol. 13,<br />

Issue 4, p. 1., Available from: http://www.qredits.nl/assets/Downloads/<br />

Zicht_op_ondernemen.PDF [Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />

Hen, P. de (2010), 'Doet u mij een kredietje', Elsevier, 17 April 2010, pp. 46-47.<br />

Herrscher, E.G. (2006), 'What is the systems approach good <strong>for</strong>?', Systemic Practice and<br />

Action Research, Vol. 19, pp. 409-413.<br />

Hofman, K. (2010), Interview with the author on 23 July 2010. Amsterdam. [Audio recording<br />

in possession of author]<br />

Hopper, T., Northcott, D. and Scapens, R. (2007), Issues in Management Accounting, 3rd<br />

edition, Prentice Hall, Harlow.<br />

Hudson, M., Smart, A. and Bourne, M. (2001), ‘Theory and practice in SME per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />

measurement systems’, International Journal of Operations and Production Management,<br />

Vol. 21, Issue 8, pp. 1096-1115.<br />

Hulme, D. (2000), 'Impact Assessment Methodologies <strong>for</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>: Theory, Experience<br />

and Better Practice', Journal of World Development, Manchester, Vol. 28, Issue 1, p. 80.<br />

Irwin, D. (2002), 'Strategy mapping in the public sector', Long Range Planning, Vol. 35, pp.<br />

637-647.<br />

Jayo, B., Rico, S. and Lacalle, M. (2008), Overview of the Microcredit Sector in the<br />

European Union, EMN, Brussels, p. 21.<br />

Joppe, M. (2000), The Research Process [online], Available from:<br />

http://www.ryerson.ca/~mjoppe/rp.htm [Accessed: 7.8.2010].<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 142<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Jung, M., Lahn, S. and Unterberg, M. (2009), EIF Market studies on Micro Lending in the<br />

European Union: Capacity Building and Policy Recommendations. Evers&Jung, March 2009.<br />

Kanji, G.K. and Sa, P.M. (2002), 'Kanji's business scorecard', Total Quality Management,<br />

Vol. 13, Issue 1, pp. 13-27.<br />

Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (1992), 'The balanced scorecard: measures that drive<br />

per<strong>for</strong>mance’, Harvard Business Review, Boston, Jan-Feb, pp. 71-80.<br />

Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (1993), 'Putting the balanced scorecard to work', Harvard<br />

Business Review, Boston, Sep-Oct, pp. 2-16<br />

Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (1996a), The <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard, Harvard Business School<br />

Press, Boston, MA.<br />

Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (1996b), 'Linking the balanced scorecard to strategy',<br />

Cali<strong>for</strong>nia Management Review, Fall, pp. 53-79.<br />

Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (1996c), 'Using the balanced scorecard as a strategic<br />

management system', Harvard Business Review, Boston, Jan-Feb, pp. 75-85.<br />

Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (1996d), '<strong>Balanced</strong> scorecard: translating strategy into<br />

action, Harvard Business School Press, Boston, MA.<br />

Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (2001), 'Trans<strong>for</strong>ming the balanced scorecard from<br />

per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement to strategic management: part I', Accounting Horizons, Vol. 15,<br />

Issue 1, pp. 87-104.<br />

Kaplan, R.S. and Norton, D.P. (2004), Strategy maps: converting intangible assets into<br />

tangible outcomes, Harvard Business School Press, Boston, MA.<br />

Kasurinen, T. (2002), 'Exploring management accounting change: the case of the balanced<br />

scorecard implementation', Management Accounting Research, Vol. 13, Issue 3, pp. 323-<br />

344.<br />

Keddie, J. Nanjundan, S. and Teszler, R. (1988), Development of rural small industrial<br />

enterprise : lessons from experienc, United Nations Development Programme, Vienna.<br />

Knight, R.A., and Knight, L.G. (1993), ‘Planning: the key to small business survival,’<br />

Management Accounting, USA, Vol. 21, Issue 7, pp. 20-28.<br />

Kraemer-Eis, H. and Con<strong>for</strong>ti, A. (2009), <strong>Microfinance</strong> in Europe - a market overview,<br />

European Investment Fund (EIF), Luxembourg, p. 21.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 143<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Kunc, M. (2008), 'Using systems thinking to enhance strategy maps', Management Decision,<br />

Vol. 46, Issue 5, pp. 761-778.<br />

Laitinen, E.K. (2002), ‘A dynamic per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement system: evidence from small<br />

Finnish technology companies’, Scandinavian Journal of Management, Vol. 18, pp. 65-99.<br />

Lämmermann, S., Zamorano, E. and Guichandut, P. (2007), A Guide on Good Practice,<br />

EMN, Paris, p. 3-8.<br />

Lange, R.J. de (2010), Interview with the author on 15 August 2010. Utrecht. [Audio<br />

recording in possession of author]<br />

Leadbeater, C. (1997), ‘Flying with a clear view’, Financial Times, 1 April, p. 17<br />

Littlefield, E. and Rosenberg, R., (2004), '<strong>Microfinance</strong> and the Poor: Breaking Down the<br />

walls between <strong>Microfinance</strong> and the Formal Financial System', CGAP, Finance &<br />

Development, June, pp. 38-40.<br />

Lynch, R. and Cross, K. (1991), Measure Up! Yardsticks <strong>for</strong> Continuous Improvement, Basil<br />

Blackwell, Inc., Cambridge.<br />

Lynch, R. (2009), Strategic Management, 5th edition, Prentice Hall, Harlow, p. 508.<br />

Manville, G. (2007), 'Implementing a balanced scorecard framework in a not <strong>for</strong> profit SME',<br />

International Journal of Productivity and Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management, Vol. 56, Issue 2, pp.<br />

162-169.<br />

Mayring, P. (2000), 'Qualitative Content Analysis', Qualitative Social Research, Vol. 1, Issue<br />

2, p. 4.<br />

McAdam, R., Hazlett, S. and Casey, C. (2005), 'Per<strong>for</strong>mance management in the UK public<br />

sector: addressing multiple stakeholder complexity', International Journal of Public Sector<br />

Management, Vol. 18, Issue 3, pp. 256-273.<br />

McNair, C.J., Lynch, R. and Cross, K. (1990), 'Do Financial and Nonfinancial Measures<br />

Have to Agree?', Management Accounting, Nov., pp. 28-36.<br />

McNair, C.J. and Mosconi, W. (1987), 'Measuring Per<strong>for</strong>mance in an Advanced<br />

Manufacturing Environment', Management Accounting, July.<br />

McNair, C.J. and Watts, T. (2009), 'The Integration of <strong>Balanced</strong> Scorecard Models', Cost<br />

Management, Vol. 23, Issue 5, p. 5.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 144<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Meadows, M. and Pike, M. (2010), 'Per<strong>for</strong>mance management <strong>for</strong> social enterprises',<br />

Systemic Practice and Action Research, Vol. 23, pp. 127-141.<br />

Meredith, G.G. (1989), Small Business Management in Australia, Sydney, McGraw-Hill Book<br />

Company.<br />

MFC (2007), From Mission to Action - Strategic Management Toolkit Overview, <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

Centre, Warsaw, p. 2.<br />

Micro-Finance Skills Project (2002), Business Development Support Report, National Skills<br />

Fund, South Africa, p.7.<br />

Miles, M. and Huberman, A.M. (1994), Qualitative Data Analysis Thousand Oaks, CA, Sage<br />

Publications.<br />

Minichiello, V., Aroni, R., Timewell, E., & Alexander, L. (1990). In-Depth Interviewing:<br />

Researching People, Longman Cheshire, Hong Kong.<br />

Molenaar, K. (2009), '<strong>Microfinance</strong>, its concepts and development, lessons to draw <strong>for</strong><br />

Europe', Implementing the EU Microcredit Initiative - What can be learned from developing<br />

and trans<strong>for</strong>ming countries?, January 26-27, 2009, European <strong>Microfinance</strong> Network, Berlin,<br />

p. 3.<br />

Molenaar, K. (2010), 'Social inclusion or enterprise development', A Changing Europe -<br />

combating poverty, supporting enterprise, June 23-25, 2010, European <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

Network, London, p. 4.<br />

Müller, R. (2007), Research Methods Slides, TiasNimbas Business School, Utrecht.<br />

Müller, R. (2009), Lecture on Research Methods 2, October 5 th -7 th , 2009, TiasNimbas<br />

Business School, Utrecht.<br />

Nørreklit, H. (2000), 'The balance on the balanced scorecard: a critical analysis of some of<br />

its assumptions', Management Accounting Research, Vol. 11, Issue 1, pp. 65-88.<br />

Neely, A., Gregory, M. and Platts, K. (1995), ‘Per<strong>for</strong>mance measurement system design: a<br />

literature review and research agenda’, International Journal of Operations & Production<br />

Management, Vol. 15, Issue 4, pp. 80-116.<br />

Oberman, R. and Roelofsen, O. (2009), Microfinanciering als aanjager van<br />

ondernemerschap in Nederland - Advies aan het Ministerie van Economische Zaken [online],<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 145<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


McKinsey & Company, p. 3., Available from: http://www.microfinanciering.com/<br />

resources/uploads/files/adviesrapport_mckinsey_2009.pdf [Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />

Orser, B.J., Hogarth-Scott, S. and Riding, A.L. (2000) ‘Per<strong>for</strong>mance, firm size and<br />

management problem solving,’ Journal of Small Business Management, Vol. 38, Issue. 4, pp.<br />

42-58.<br />

Pandey, I.M. (2005), '<strong>Balanced</strong> scorecard: myth and reality', Vikapala, Vol. 30, Issue 1, pp.<br />

85-102.<br />

Pater, A. (2010), Interview with the author on 23 August 2010. Bunnik. [Audio recording in<br />

possession of author]<br />

Patton, M.Q. (2002), Qualitative evaluation and research methods, 3rd edition, Thousand<br />

Oaks, Sage Publications, Inc., CA.<br />

Pawlak, K. and Matul, M. (2004), 'Realizing Mission Objectives', Journal of <strong>Microfinance</strong>,<br />

Warsaw, Vol. 6, Issue 2, p. 2.<br />

Phiri, M. (2009), <strong>Microfinance</strong> - How Agricultural Lending Can Be Made Profitable For<br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions [online], Surfgroepen, p. 24, Available from:<br />

https://www.surfgroepen.nl/sites/mptp/Project%20Archive/N12391.pdf [Accessed:<br />

17.3.2010].<br />

Picasso, P. (1966), Quoted in Hélène Parmelin, ‘Truth,’ Picasso Says. London, Allen &<br />

Unwin (trans. 1969).<br />

Pickle, H.B. and Abrahamson, R.I. (1990), Small Business Management, Canada, John<br />

Wiley & Sons.<br />

Pinsky, M. (2001), Taking Stock: CDFIs Look Ahead After 25 Years of Community<br />

Development Finance, Capital Xchange, December 2001, Brookings Institution Press.,<br />

Washington DC.<br />

Pollinger, J.J., Outhwaite, J. and Cordero-Guzmán, H. (2007), 'The Question of<br />

Sustainability <strong>for</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions', Journal of Small Business Management, Vol. 45,<br />

Issue 1, pp. 23-41.<br />

Porter, M.E., Sachs, J.D., Warner, A.M., Cornelius, P.K., Levinson, M. and Schwab, K.<br />

(2000), The Global Competitiveness Report 2000 [online], Ox<strong>for</strong>d University Press, p. 11,<br />

Available from: http://www.cid.harvard.edu/archive/res/gcr_2000_overview.pdf [Accessed:<br />

11.7.2010].<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 146<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Qredits (2010a), Bedrijfspresentatie 1 januari 2010, Qredits, Almelo, pp. 2-23.<br />

Qredits (2010b), Internet based technology in <strong>Microfinance</strong>, Qredits, Almelo, pp. 2-13.<br />

Qredits (2010c), Qredits wint <strong>Microfinance</strong> Good Practices Europe Award [online],<br />

Qredits.nl, Available from: http://www.qredits.nl/nieuws/qredits_nieuws/qredits-genomineerd-<br />

voor-europese-prijs.html [Accessed: 11.8.2010].<br />

Ribbink, G. (2003), Reference Guide on Business Development Services [online],<br />

SNV/Netherlands Development Organization, pp. 13-24, Available from:<br />

http://www.snvworld.org/cds/rgBDS/table-of-contents.htm [Accessed: 11.7.2010].<br />

Ritter, M. (2003), 'The use of balanced scorecards in the strategic management of corporate<br />

communication', Corporate Communications, Vol. 8, Issue 1, pp. 44-59.<br />

Robson, C. (2002), Real World Research, 2nd edition, Blackwell, Ox<strong>for</strong>d.<br />

Saunders, M., Lewis, P. and Thornhill, A. (2009), Research methods <strong>for</strong> business students,<br />

5th edition, Prentice Hall, Harlow.<br />

Schilling, J. (2006), On the pragmatics of qualitative assessment: Designing the process <strong>for</strong><br />

content analysis, European Journal of Psychological Assessment, Vol. 22, Issue 1, pp. 28-<br />

37.<br />

Schreiner, M. and Morduch, J. (2002), ‘Opportunities and Challenges <strong>for</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong> in<br />

the United States,’ in Replicating <strong>Microfinance</strong> in the United States. Eds. J. H. Carr. and Z. Y.<br />

Tong. Washington DC, Woodrow Wilson Center Press, pp. 19–61.<br />

Schwiecker, S. (2004), The Impact and Outreach of <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions - The Effect of<br />

Interest Rates [online], Scribd, p. 8, Available from: http://www.scribd.com/<br />

doc/92714/<strong>Microfinance</strong> [Accessed: 20.3.2010].<br />

Seibel, H. D. (2003), History matters in microfinance [online], Small Enterprise Development<br />

- An International Journal of <strong>Microfinance</strong> and Business Development, Vol. 14, No. 2, pp. 10<br />

- 12, Available from: http://www.econstor.eu/bitstream/10419/23549/1/2003-5_History_<br />

matters.pdf [Accessed: 20.3.2010].<br />

Servon, L. (1999), Bootstrap Capital: Microenterprise and the American Poor, Brookings<br />

Institution Press., Washington DC.<br />

Shane, S. (2009), 'Why encouraging m ore people to become entrepreneurs is bad public<br />

policy', Small Business Economy, Vol. 33, pp. 141-149.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 147<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Shrader, C.B., Mul<strong>for</strong>d, C.L. and Blackburn, V.L. (1989), ‘Strategic and operational<br />

planning, uncertainty, and per<strong>for</strong>mance in small firms’, Journal of Small Business<br />

Management, Vol. 27, Issue. 4, pp. 45-53.<br />

Simanowitz (2003), '<strong>Microfinance</strong>, poverty and social per<strong>for</strong>mance: Overview', IDS Bulletin,<br />

Vol. 34, Issue 4, pp. 1-9.<br />

Stichting Microfinanciering & Ondernemerschap (2006), Microfinanciering als impuls<br />

voor ondernemerschap in Nederland - Advies van de Raad voor Microfinanciering in<br />

Nederland aan de staatsecretaris van Economische Zaken [online], Microfinanciering,<br />

Available from: http://www.microfinanciering.com/resources/uploads/files/advies_raad_voor<br />

_microfinanciering.pdf [Accessed: 19.3.2010].<br />

Stichting Microfinanciering & Ondernemerschap (2009a), Het opzetten van een MF-<br />

ondernemerspunt [online], Microfinanciering.com, pp. 1-3, Available from:<br />

http://www.microfinanciering.com/resources/uploads/files/toolkit_1.pdf [Accessed:<br />

11.7.2010].<br />

Stichting Microfinanciering & Ondernemerschap (2009b), Eerste landelijke dag voor MF-<br />

ondernemerspunten [online], Microfinanciering.com, Available from:<br />

http://www.microfinanciering.com/ microfinanciering_in_nederland/nieuws/46 [Accessed:<br />

8.6.2010].<br />

Stulen, V. (2010), Interview with the author on 3 August 2010. Almelo. [Audio recording in<br />

possession of author]<br />

The Economist (2010), The world this week, The Economist, London, Fig p. 6.<br />

The World Bank Group (2009), About the Goals [online], Millennium Development Goals,<br />

Available from: http://ddp-ext.worldbank.org/ext/GMIS/gdmis.do?siteId=2&menuId<br />

=LNAV01HOME1 [Accessed: 20.3.2010].<br />

Tillaart, H. van den, Diemen, C. van, Warmerdam, J., Heijink, J. and Poutsma, E. (2009),<br />

Coaching van startende ondernemers [online], Projectdirectie Microfinanciering van het<br />

ministerie van Economische Zaken, pp. 1-5, Available from:<br />

http://www.microfinanciering.com/resources/uploads/files/eindrapport_kwaliteit_coachingdef_<br />

25032009.pdf [Accessed: 11.7.2010].<br />

United Nations (1999), Resolution Adopted - 53/197. International Year of Microcredit, 2005<br />

[online], General Assembly, Available from: http://www.uncdf.org/english/about_uncdf<br />

/uploads/docs/UNGA-YoM_eng.pdf [Accessed: 20.3.2010].<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 148<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


United Nations (2004), Why a Year? - Learn About the Year [online], International Year of<br />

Microcredit 2005, Available from: http://www.yearofmicrocredit.org/pages/whyayear/<br />

whyayear_learnaboutyear.asp [Accessed: 20.3.2010].<br />

Van Auken, P., and Sexton. D.L. (1985), ‘A longitudinal study of small business strategic<br />

planning,’ Journal of Small Business Management, Vol. 23, pp. 7-9.<br />

Vinelli, A. (2002), ‘Financial Sustainability in U.S. Organizations,’ in Replicating <strong>Microfinance</strong><br />

in the United States. Eds. J. H. Carr. and Z. Y. Tong. Washington DC, Woodrow Wilson<br />

Center Press, pp. 137–165.<br />

Von Pischke, J.D. (2002), ‘Current Foundations of <strong>Microfinance</strong> Best Practices in<br />

Developing Countries’ in Replicating <strong>Microfinance</strong> in the United States. Eds. J. H. Carr. and<br />

Z. Y. Tong. Washington DC, Woodrow Wilson Center Press, pp. 65–96.<br />

Watts, T., Baard, V. and McNair, C.J. (2009a), ‘Per<strong>for</strong>mance Models <strong>for</strong> <strong>Sustainable</strong> Small<br />

Business: A Literature Review.’ Working paper.<br />

Watts, T., Baard, V. and McNair, C.J. (2009b), ‘Untying the Gordian Knot: Small Business<br />

and the Strategy Balance Scorecard’, Northeast Region AAA 2009 Conference, American<br />

Accounting Association, Cambridge, MA, pp. 1-35.<br />

Watts, T. and Preda, P. (2004), ‘Contemporary Management Accounting Techniques in<br />

Australia: Manufacturing versus Service Organizations, Journal of Applied Management<br />

Accounting Research, Vol. 2, Issue 2, pp. 17-27.<br />

Weber, R.P. (1990). Basic Content Analysis, Newbury Park, Sage Publications, CA.<br />

Wisniewski, M. and Dickson, A. (2001), 'Measuring per<strong>for</strong>mance in Dumfries and Galloway<br />

constabulary with the balanced scorecard', Journal of Operational Research Society, Vol. 52,<br />

pp. 1057-1066.<br />

Wisniewski, M. and Olafsson S. (2004), 'Developing balanced scorecards in local<br />

authorities: a comparison of experience', International Journal of Productivity and<br />

Per<strong>for</strong>mance Management, Vol. 53, Issue 7, pp. 602-610.<br />

Woller, G.M., Dun<strong>for</strong>d, C. and Warner, W. (1999), 'Where to <strong>Microfinance</strong>?', International<br />

Journal of Economic Development, Vol. 1, Issue 4, pp. 26-27.<br />

Woller, G. (2005), Building Successful <strong>Microfinance</strong> Institutions by Assessing Clients'<br />

Needs, The SEEP Network, Washington DC.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 149<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>


Woodworth, W. and Woller, G. (1999), Greeting From The Editors [online], Journal of<br />

<strong>Microfinance</strong>, Vol. 1, No. 1, p. 6, Available from: http://marriottschool.byu.edu/<br />

esrreview/current/JMF_fall99.pdf [Accessed: 18.3.2010].<br />

Yaron, J. (1994), What makes Rural Finance Institutions Successful? World Bank Research<br />

Observer, Vol. 9, pp. 49-70.<br />

Zhang, Y. and Wildemuth, B.M. (2009), Qualitative analysis of content. [online], pp. 1-5,<br />

Available from: http://www.ischool.utexas.edu/~yanz/Content_analysis.pdf [Accessed:<br />

12.7.2010].<br />

Zwind (2009), Vliegwiel van de Wijkeconomie - Het rendement van de Ondernemershuizen,<br />

Zwind, Amsterdam, pp. 9-12.<br />

Elmar Hoogendoorn 150<br />

<strong>Sustainable</strong> <strong>Microfinance</strong>

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!